NEC NP-M260W REPLACED BY NP-M300W 2600-lumen Widescreen User Manual

Portable Projector

M350X/M300X/M260X/M230X/M420X/

M420XV/M300W/M260W/M350XS/

M300XS/M260XS/M300WS/M260WS

User’s Manual

The M350X, M230X, M420X, M420XV, M350XS, M260XS, and

M260WS are not distributed in North America.

Model No.

NP-M350X, NP-M300X, NP-M260X, NP-M230X, NP-M420X, NP-

M420XV, NP-M300W, NP-M260W, NP-M350XS, NP-M300XS, NP-

M260XS, NP-M300WS, NP-M260WS

[M350X/M300X/M260X/M230X/M300W/M260W]

[M350XS/M300XS/M260XS/M300WS/M260WS][M420X/M420XV]

3rd edition, January 2011

•฀Macintosh,฀Mac฀OS฀X฀and฀PowerBook฀are฀trademarks฀of฀Apple฀Inc.฀registered฀in฀the฀U.S.฀and฀other฀countries.

•฀Microsoft,฀Windows,฀Windows฀Vista,฀Internet฀Explorer,฀.NET฀Framework฀and฀PowerPoint฀are฀either฀a฀registered฀

trademark฀or฀trademark฀of฀Microsoft฀Corporation฀in฀the฀United฀States฀and/or฀other฀countries.

•฀MicroSaver฀is฀a฀registered฀trademark฀of฀Kensington฀Computer฀Products฀Group,฀a฀division฀of฀ACCO฀Brands.

•฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool฀uses฀WinI2C/DDC฀library,฀©฀Nicomsoft฀Ltd.

•฀HDMI,฀the฀HDMI฀Logo฀and฀High-Denition฀Multimedia฀Interface฀are฀trademarks฀or฀registered฀trademarks฀of฀HDMI฀

Licensing฀LLC.

•฀Trademark฀PJLink฀is฀a฀trademark฀applied฀for฀trademark฀rights฀in฀Japan,฀the฀United฀States฀of฀America฀and฀other฀

countries and areas.

•฀Wi-Fi

,฀Wi-Fi฀Alliance

,฀and฀Wi-Fi฀Protected฀Access฀(WPA,฀WPA2)

฀are฀registered฀trademarks฀of฀the฀Wi-Fi฀Alli-

ance.

•฀Blu-ray฀is฀a฀trademark฀of฀Blu-ray฀Disc฀Association

•฀Other฀product฀and฀company฀names฀mentioned฀in฀this฀user’s฀manual฀may฀be฀the฀trademarks฀or฀registered฀trademarks฀

of฀their฀respective฀holders.

•฀GPL/LGPL฀Software฀Licenses

฀The฀product฀includes฀software฀licensed฀under฀GNU฀General฀Public฀License฀(GPL),฀GNU฀Lesser฀General฀Public฀

License฀(LGPL),฀and฀others.

฀For฀more฀information฀on฀each฀software,฀see฀“readme.pdf”฀inside฀the฀“about฀GPL&LGPL”฀folder฀on฀the฀supplied฀CD-

ROM.

NOTES

(1)฀The฀contents฀of฀this฀user’s฀manual฀may฀not฀be฀reprinted฀in฀part฀or฀whole฀without฀permission.

(2)฀The฀contents฀of฀this฀user’s฀manual฀are฀subject฀to฀change฀without฀notice.

(3)฀Great฀care฀has฀been฀taken฀in฀the฀preparation฀of฀this฀user’s฀manual;฀however,฀should฀you฀notice฀any฀questionable฀

points,฀errors฀or฀omissions,฀please฀contact฀us.

(4)฀Notwithstanding฀article฀(3),฀NEC฀will฀not฀be฀responsible฀for฀any฀claims฀on฀loss฀of฀prot฀or฀other฀matters฀deemed฀

to฀result฀from฀using฀the฀Projector.

Important Information

Safety Cautions

Precautions

Please฀read฀this฀manual฀carefully฀before฀using฀your฀NEC฀projector฀and฀keep฀the฀manual฀handy฀for฀future฀reference.

CAUTION

To฀turn฀off฀main฀power,฀be฀sure฀to฀remove฀the฀plug฀from฀power฀outlet.

The฀power฀outlet฀socket฀should฀be฀installed฀as฀near฀to฀the฀equipment฀as฀possible,฀and฀should฀be฀easily฀

accessible.

CAUTION

TO฀PREVENT฀SHOCK,฀DO฀NOT฀OPEN฀THE฀CABINET.

THERE฀ARE฀HIGH-VOLTAGE฀COMPONENTS฀INSIDE.

REFER฀SERVICING฀TO฀QUALIFIED฀SERVICE฀PERSONNEL.

This฀symbol฀warns฀the฀user฀that฀uninsulated฀voltage฀within฀the฀unit฀may฀be฀sufcient฀to฀cause฀electrical฀

shock.฀Therefore,฀it฀is฀dangerous฀to฀make฀any฀kind฀of฀contact฀with฀any฀part฀inside฀of฀the฀unit.

This฀symbol฀alerts฀the฀user฀that฀important฀information฀concerning฀the฀operation฀and฀maintenance฀of฀this฀

unit฀has฀been฀provided.

The฀information฀should฀be฀read฀carefully฀to฀avoid฀problems.

WARNING: TO฀PREVENT฀FIRE฀OR฀SHOCK,฀DO฀NOT฀EXPOSE฀THIS฀UNIT฀TO฀RAIN฀OR฀MOISTURE.

DO฀NOT฀USE฀THIS฀UNIT’S฀PLUG฀WITH฀AN฀EXTENSION฀CORD฀OR฀IN฀AN฀OUTLET฀UNLESS฀ALL฀THE฀PRONGS฀

CAN฀BE฀FULLY฀INSERTED.

DOC Compliance Notice (for Canada only)

This฀Class฀B฀digital฀apparatus฀meets฀all฀requirements฀of฀the฀Canadian฀Interference-Causing฀Equipment฀Regula-

tions.

Machine Noise Information Regulation - 3. GPSGV,

The฀highest฀sound฀pressure฀level฀is฀less฀than฀70฀dB฀(A)฀in฀accordance฀with฀EN฀ISO฀7779.

CAUTION

Avoid฀displaying฀stationary฀images฀for฀a฀prolonged฀period฀of฀time.

Doing฀so฀can฀result฀in฀these฀images฀being฀temporarily฀sustained฀on฀the฀surface฀of฀the฀LCD฀panel.

If฀this฀should฀happen,฀continue฀to฀use฀your฀projector.฀The฀static฀background฀from฀previous฀images฀will฀

disappear.

Disposing of your used product

EU-wide฀legislation฀as฀implemented฀in฀each฀Member฀State฀requires฀that฀used฀electrical฀and฀electronic฀

products฀carrying฀the฀mark฀(left)฀must฀be฀disposed฀of฀separately฀from฀normal฀household฀waste.฀This฀in-

cludes฀projectors฀and฀their฀electrical฀accessories฀or฀lamps.฀When฀you฀dispose฀of฀such฀products,฀please฀

follow฀the฀guidance฀of฀your฀local฀authority฀and/or฀ask฀the฀shop฀where฀you฀purchased฀the฀product.

After฀collecting฀the฀used฀products,฀they฀are฀reused฀and฀recycled฀in฀a฀proper฀way.฀This฀effort฀will฀help฀us฀

reduce฀the฀wastes฀as฀well฀as฀the฀negative฀impact฀such฀as฀mercury฀contained฀in฀a฀lamp฀to฀the฀human฀

health฀and฀the฀environment฀at฀the฀minimum฀level.

The฀mark฀on฀the฀electrical฀and฀electronic฀products฀only฀applies฀to฀the฀current฀European฀Union฀Member฀

States.

Important Information

WARNING TO CALIFORNIA RESIDENTS:

Handling฀the฀cables฀supplied฀with฀this฀product฀will฀expose฀you฀to฀lead,฀a฀chemical฀known฀to฀the฀State฀of฀California฀

to฀cause฀birth฀defects฀or฀other฀reproductive฀harm.฀

WASH HANDS AFTER HANDLING.

RF Interference (for USA only)

WARNING

The฀Federal฀Communications฀Commission฀does฀not฀allow฀any฀modications฀or฀changes฀to฀the฀unit฀EXCEPT฀those฀

specied฀by฀NEC฀Display฀Solutions฀of฀America,฀Inc.฀in฀this฀manual.฀Failure฀to฀comply฀with฀this฀government฀regu-

lation฀could฀void฀your฀right฀to฀operate฀this฀equipment.฀This฀equipment฀has฀been฀tested฀and฀found฀to฀comply฀with฀

the฀limits฀for฀a฀Class฀B฀digital฀device,฀pursuant฀to฀Part฀15฀of฀the฀FCC฀Rules.฀These฀limits฀are฀designed฀to฀provide฀

reasonable฀protection฀against฀harmful฀interference฀in฀a฀residential฀installation.฀This฀equipment฀generates,฀uses,฀and฀

can฀radiate฀radio฀frequency฀energy฀and,฀if฀not฀installed฀and฀used฀in฀accordance฀with฀the฀instructions,฀may฀cause฀

harmful฀interference฀to฀radio฀communications.฀However,฀there฀is฀no฀guarantee฀that฀interference฀will฀not฀occur฀in฀a฀

particular฀installation.

If฀this฀equipment฀does฀cause฀harmful฀interference฀to฀radio฀or฀television฀reception,฀which฀can฀be฀determined฀by฀

turning฀the฀equipment฀off฀and฀on,฀the฀user฀is฀encouraged฀to฀try฀to฀correct฀the฀interference฀by฀one฀or฀more฀of฀the฀

following฀measures:

•฀Reorient฀or฀relocate฀the฀receiving฀antenna.

•฀Increase฀the฀separation฀between฀the฀equipment฀and฀receiver.

•฀Connect฀the฀equipment฀into฀an฀outlet฀on฀a฀circuit฀different฀from฀that฀to฀which฀the฀receiver฀is฀connected.

•฀Consult฀the฀dealer฀or฀an฀experienced฀radio฀/฀TV฀technician฀for฀help.

For฀UK฀only:฀In฀UK,฀a฀BS฀approved฀power฀cord฀with฀moulded฀plug฀has฀a฀Black฀(ve฀Amps)฀fuse฀installed฀for฀use฀with฀

this฀equipment.฀If฀a฀power฀cord฀is฀not฀supplied฀with฀this฀equipment฀please฀contact฀your฀supplier.

Important Safeguards

These฀safety฀instructions฀are฀to฀ensure฀the฀long฀life฀of฀your฀projector฀and฀to฀prevent฀re฀and฀shock.฀Please฀read฀them฀

carefully฀and฀heed฀all฀warnings.

Installation

•฀Do฀not฀place฀the฀projector฀in฀the฀following฀conditions:

- on an unstable cart, stand, or table.

-฀near฀water,฀baths,฀or฀damp฀rooms.

-฀in฀direct฀sunlight,฀near฀heaters,฀or฀heat฀radiating฀appliances.

-฀in฀a฀dusty,฀smoky฀or฀steamy฀environment.฀

-฀on฀a฀sheet฀of฀paper฀or฀cloth,฀rugs฀or฀carpets.

•฀If฀you฀wish฀to฀have฀the฀projector฀installed฀on฀the฀ceiling:

-฀Do฀not฀attempt฀to฀install฀the฀projector฀yourself.

-฀The฀projector฀must฀be฀installed฀by฀qualied฀technicians฀in฀order฀to฀ensure฀proper฀operation฀and฀reduce฀the฀risk฀

of฀bodily฀injury.

-฀In฀addition,฀the฀ceiling฀must฀be฀strong฀enough฀to฀support฀the฀projector฀and฀the฀installation฀must฀be฀in฀accordance฀

with฀any฀local฀building฀codes.

-฀Please฀consult฀your฀dealer฀for฀more฀information.

iii

Important Information

Fire and Shock Precautions

•฀Ensure฀that฀there฀is฀sufcient฀ventilation฀and฀that฀vents฀are฀unobstructed฀to฀prevent฀the฀build-up฀of฀heat฀inside฀your฀

projector.฀Allow฀at฀least฀4฀inches฀(10cm)฀of฀space฀between฀your฀projector฀and฀a฀wall.

•฀Do฀not฀try฀to฀touch฀the฀ventilation฀outlet฀on฀the฀left฀front฀(when฀seen฀from฀the฀front)฀as฀it฀can฀become฀heated฀while฀

the฀projector฀is฀turned฀on฀and฀immediately฀after฀the฀projector฀is฀turned฀off.฀Parts฀of฀the฀projector฀may฀become฀tem-

porarily฀heated฀if฀the฀projector฀is฀turned฀off฀with฀the฀POWER฀button฀or฀if฀the฀AC฀power฀supply฀is฀disconnected฀during฀

normal฀projector฀operation.฀

฀Use฀caution฀when฀picking฀up฀the฀projector.

•฀Prevent฀foreign฀objects฀such฀as฀paper฀clips฀and฀bits฀of฀paper฀from฀falling฀into฀your฀projector.฀Do฀not฀attempt฀to฀retrieve฀

any฀objects฀that฀might฀fall฀into฀your฀projector.฀Do฀not฀insert฀any฀metal฀objects฀such฀as฀a฀wire฀or฀screwdriver฀into฀your฀

projector.฀If฀something฀should฀fall฀into฀your฀projector,฀disconnect฀it฀immediately฀and฀have฀the฀object฀removed฀by฀a฀

qualied฀service฀personnel.

•฀Do฀not฀place฀any฀objects฀on฀top฀of฀the฀projector.

•฀Do฀not฀touch฀the฀power฀plug฀during฀a฀thunderstorm.฀Doing฀so฀can฀cause฀electrical฀shock฀or฀re.

•฀The฀projector฀is฀designed฀to฀operate฀on฀a฀power฀supply฀of฀100-240V฀AC฀50/60฀Hz.฀Ensure฀that฀your฀power฀supply฀

ts฀this฀requirement฀before฀attempting฀to฀use฀your฀projector.

•฀Do฀not฀look฀into฀the฀lens฀while฀the฀projector฀is฀on.฀Serious฀damage฀to฀your฀eyes฀could฀result.

WARNING

•฀Do฀not฀use฀any฀other฀object฀than฀the฀projector’s฀sliding฀lens฀cover฀to฀cover฀the฀lens฀while฀the฀projector฀is฀on.฀

฀Doing฀so฀can฀cause฀the฀object฀to฀get฀extremely฀hot,฀and฀possibly฀resulting฀in฀a฀re฀or฀damage฀due฀to฀the฀heat฀

emitted฀from฀the฀light฀output.

•฀Do฀not฀cover฀the฀lens฀with฀the฀lens฀cap฀or฀equivalent฀while฀the฀projector฀is฀on.฀Doing฀so฀can฀lead฀to฀melting฀of฀

the฀cap฀due฀to฀the฀heat฀emitted฀from฀the฀light฀output.

•฀Do฀not฀place฀any฀objects,฀which฀are฀easily฀affected฀by฀heat,฀in฀front฀of฀the฀projector฀lens.฀Doing฀so฀could฀lead฀

to฀the฀object฀melting฀from฀the฀heat฀that฀is฀emitted฀from฀the฀light฀output.

Place the projector in a horizontal position

The฀tilt฀angle฀of฀the฀projector฀should฀not฀exceed฀10฀degrees,฀nor฀should฀the฀projector฀be฀installed฀in฀any฀way฀other฀

than฀the฀desktop฀and฀ceiling฀mount,฀otherwise฀lamp฀life฀could฀decrease฀dramatically.

10°

Important Information

•฀Keep฀any฀items฀(magnifying฀glass฀etc.)฀out฀of฀the฀light฀path฀of฀the฀projector.฀The฀light฀path฀being฀projected฀from฀the฀

lens฀is฀extensive,฀therefore฀any฀kind฀of฀abnormal฀objects฀that฀can฀redirect฀light฀coming฀out฀of฀the฀lens,฀can฀cause฀

an฀unpredictable฀outcome฀such฀as฀a฀re฀or฀injury฀to฀the฀eyes.

•฀Do฀not฀place฀any฀objects,฀which฀are฀easily฀affected฀by฀heat,฀in฀front฀of฀a฀projector฀exhaust฀vent.

฀Doing฀so฀could฀lead฀to฀the฀object฀melting฀or฀getting฀your฀hands฀burned฀from฀the฀heat฀that฀is฀emitted฀from฀the฀ex-

haust.

•฀Handle฀the฀power฀cord฀carefully.฀A฀damaged฀or฀frayed฀power฀cord฀can฀cause฀electric฀shock฀or฀re.

-฀Do฀not฀use฀any฀power฀cord฀other฀than฀the฀one฀supplied฀with฀the฀projector.

-฀Do฀not฀bend฀or฀tug฀the฀power฀cord฀excessively.

-฀Do฀not฀place฀the฀power฀cord฀under฀the฀projector,฀or฀any฀heavy฀object.

-฀Do฀not฀cover฀the฀power฀cord฀with฀other฀soft฀materials฀such฀as฀rugs.

-฀Do฀not฀heat฀the฀power฀cord.

-฀Do฀not฀handle฀the฀power฀plug฀with฀wet฀hands.

•฀Turn฀off฀the฀projector,฀unplug฀the฀power฀cord฀and฀have฀the฀projector฀serviced฀by฀a฀qualied฀service฀personnel฀under฀

the฀following฀conditions:

-฀When฀the฀power฀cord฀or฀plug฀is฀damaged฀or฀frayed.

-฀If฀liquid฀has฀been฀spilled฀into฀the฀projector,฀or฀if฀it฀has฀been฀exposed฀to฀rain฀or฀water.฀

-฀If฀the฀projector฀does฀not฀operate฀normally฀when฀you฀follow฀the฀instructions฀described฀in฀this฀user’s฀manual.

-฀If฀the฀projector฀has฀been฀dropped฀or฀the฀cabinet฀has฀been฀damaged.

-฀If฀the฀projector฀exhibits฀a฀distinct฀change฀in฀performance,฀indicating฀a฀need฀for฀service.

•฀Disconnect฀the฀power฀cord฀and฀any฀other฀cables฀before฀carrying฀the฀projector.

•฀Turn฀off฀the฀projector฀and฀unplug฀the฀power฀cord฀before฀cleaning฀the฀cabinet฀or฀replacing฀the฀lamp.

•฀Turn฀off฀the฀projector฀and฀unplug฀the฀power฀cord฀if฀the฀projector฀is฀not฀to฀be฀used฀for฀an฀extended฀period฀of฀time.

•฀When฀using฀a฀LAN฀cable฀(only฀models฀with฀the฀RJ-45฀LAN฀port):

฀For฀safety,฀do฀not฀connect฀to฀the฀connector฀for฀peripheral฀device฀wiring฀that฀might฀have฀excessive฀voltage.

CAUTION

•฀Do฀not฀use฀the฀tilt-foot฀for฀purposes฀other฀than฀originally฀intended.฀Misuses฀such฀as฀gripping฀the฀tilt-foot฀or฀hang-

ing฀on฀the฀wall฀can฀cause฀damage฀to฀the฀projector.

•฀Do฀not฀send฀the฀projector฀in฀the฀soft฀case฀by฀parcel฀delivery฀service฀or฀cargo฀shipment.฀The฀projector฀inside฀the฀

soft฀case฀could฀be฀damaged.

•฀Select฀[HIGH]฀in฀Fan฀mode฀if฀you฀continue฀to฀use฀the฀projector฀for฀consecutive฀days.฀(From฀the฀menu,฀select฀

[SETUP]฀฀[OPTIONS(1)]฀฀[FAN฀MODE]฀฀[HIGH].)

•฀Do฀not฀try฀to฀touch฀the฀ventilation฀outlet฀on฀the฀left฀front฀(when฀seen฀from฀the฀front)฀as฀it฀can฀become฀heated฀while฀

the฀projector฀is฀turned฀on฀and฀immediately฀after฀the฀projector฀is฀turned฀off.

•฀Do฀not฀turn฀off฀the฀AC฀power฀for฀60฀seconds฀after฀the฀lamp฀is฀turned฀on฀and฀while฀the฀POWER฀indicator฀is฀blink-

ing฀blue.฀Doing฀so฀could฀cause฀premature฀lamp฀failure.

Remote Control Precautions

•฀Handle฀the฀remote฀control฀carefully.

•฀If฀the฀remote฀control฀gets฀wet,฀wipe฀it฀dry฀immediately.

•฀Avoid฀excessive฀heat฀and฀humidity.

•฀Do฀not฀short,฀heat,฀or฀take฀apart฀batteries.

•฀Do฀not฀throw฀batteries฀into฀re.

•฀If฀you฀will฀not฀be฀using฀the฀remote฀control฀for฀a฀long฀time,฀remove฀the฀batteries.

•฀Ensure฀that฀you฀have฀the฀batteries’฀polarity฀(+/−)฀aligned฀correctly.

•฀Do฀not฀use฀new฀and฀old฀batteries฀together,฀or฀use฀different฀types฀of฀batteries฀together.

•฀Dispose฀of฀used฀batteries฀according฀to฀your฀local฀regulations.

Important Information

Note for US Residents

The฀lamp฀in฀this฀product฀contains฀mercury.฀Please฀dispose฀according฀to฀Local,฀State฀or฀Federal฀Laws.

Lamp Replacement

•฀Use฀the฀specied฀lamp฀for฀safety฀and฀performance.

•฀To฀replace฀the฀lamp,฀follow฀all฀instructions฀provided฀on฀page฀

120.

•฀Be฀sure฀to฀replace฀the฀lamp฀and฀lter฀when฀the฀message฀[THE LAMP HAS REACHED THE END OF ITS USABLE

LIFE. PLEASE REPLACE THE LAMP AND FILTER.]฀appears.฀If฀you฀continue฀to฀use฀the฀lamp฀after฀the฀lamp฀has฀

reached฀the฀end฀of฀its฀usable฀life,฀the฀lamp฀bulb฀may฀shatter,฀and฀pieces฀of฀glass฀may฀be฀scattered฀in฀the฀lamp฀

case.฀Do฀not฀touch฀them฀as฀the฀pieces฀of฀glass฀may฀cause฀injury.

฀If฀this฀happens,฀contact฀your฀dealer฀for฀lamp฀replacement.

A Lamp Characteristic

The฀projector฀has฀a฀high-pressure฀mercury฀lamp฀as฀a฀light฀source.

A฀lamp฀has฀a฀characteristic฀that฀its฀brightness฀gradually฀decreases฀with฀age.฀Also฀repeatedly฀turning฀the฀lamp฀on฀

and฀off฀will฀increase฀the฀possibility฀of฀its฀lower฀brightness.

CAUTION:

•฀DO฀NOT฀TOUCH฀THE฀LAMP฀immediately฀after฀it฀has฀been฀used.฀It฀will฀be฀extremely฀hot.฀Turn฀the฀projector฀off฀

and฀then฀disconnect฀the฀power฀cord.฀Allow฀at฀least฀one฀hour฀for฀the฀lamp฀to฀cool฀before฀handling.

•฀When฀removing฀the฀lamp฀from฀a฀ceiling-mounted฀projector,฀make฀sure฀that฀no฀one฀is฀under฀the฀projector.฀Glass฀

fragments฀could฀fall฀if฀the฀lamp฀has฀been฀burned฀out.

About High Altitude mode

•฀

Set฀[FAN฀MODE]฀to฀[HIGH฀ALTITUDE]฀when฀using฀the฀projector฀at฀altitudes฀approximately฀5500฀feet/1600฀meters฀or฀

higher.

฀Using฀the฀projector฀at฀altitudes฀approximately฀5500฀feet/1600฀meters฀or฀higher฀without฀setting฀to฀[HIGH฀ALTITUDE]฀

can฀cause฀the฀projector฀to฀overheat฀and฀the฀protector฀could฀shut฀down.฀If฀this฀happens,฀wait฀a฀couple฀minutes฀and฀

turn฀on฀the฀projector.

•฀Using฀the฀projector฀at฀altitudes฀less฀than฀approximately฀5500฀feet/1600฀meters฀and฀setting฀to฀[HIGH฀ALTITUDE]฀

can฀cause฀the฀lamp฀to฀overcool,฀causing฀the฀image฀to฀icker.฀Switch฀[FAN฀MODE]฀to฀[AUTO].

•฀Using฀the฀projector฀at฀altitudes฀approximately฀5500฀feet/1600฀meters฀or฀higher฀can฀shorten฀the฀life฀of฀optical฀com-

ponents฀such฀as฀the฀lamp.

About Copyright of original projected pictures:

Please฀note฀that฀using฀this฀projector฀for฀the฀purpose฀of฀commercial฀gain฀or฀the฀attraction฀of฀public฀attention฀in฀a฀venue฀

such฀as฀a฀coffee฀shop฀or฀hotel฀and฀employing฀compression฀or฀expansion฀of฀the฀screen฀image฀with฀the฀following฀func-

tions฀may฀raise฀concern฀about฀the฀infringement฀of฀copyrights฀which฀are฀protected฀by฀copyright฀law.

[ASPECT฀RATIO],฀[KEYSTONE],฀Magnifying฀feature฀and฀other฀similar฀features.

Turkish RoHS information relevant for Turkish market

EEE Yönetmeliğine Uygundur.

This฀device฀is฀not฀intended฀for฀use฀in฀the฀direct฀eld฀of฀view฀at฀visual฀display฀workplaces.฀To฀avoid฀incommoding฀reec-

tions฀at฀visual฀display฀workplaces฀this฀device฀must฀not฀be฀placed฀in฀the฀direct฀eld฀of฀view.

Table of Contents

Important Information ............................................................................................i

1. Introduction .......................................................................................................... 1

1฀What’s฀in฀the฀Box? ......................................................................................................... 1

฀Introduction฀to฀the฀Projector .......................................................................................... 2

Congratulations฀on฀Your฀Purchase฀of฀the฀Projector ................................................. 2

Features฀you’ll฀enjoy: ............................................................................................... 2

About฀this฀user’s฀manual .......................................................................................... 3

Comparative฀Table฀of฀Main฀Features ....................................................................... 4

฀Part฀Names฀of฀the฀Projector .......................................................................................... 5

Front/Top .................................................................................................................. 5

Rear ......................................................................................................................... 6

Top฀Features ............................................................................................................ 8

Terminal฀Panel฀Features .......................................................................................... 9

฀Part฀Names฀of฀the฀Remote฀Control ............................................................................. 10

Battery฀Installation ................................................................................................. 11

Remote฀Control฀Precautions .................................................................................. 11

Operating฀Range฀for฀Wireless฀Remote฀Control ...................................................... 11

฀Operating฀Environment฀for฀Software฀Included฀on฀CD-ROM ........................................ 12

Operating฀Environment .......................................................................................... 13

2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation) .............................................. 14

1฀Flow฀of฀Projecting฀an฀Image ........................................................................................ 14

฀Connecting฀Your฀Computer/Connecting฀the฀Power฀Cord ............................................. 15

฀Turning฀on฀the฀Projector .............................................................................................. 16

Note฀on฀Startup฀screen฀(Menu฀Language฀Select฀screen) ...................................... 17

฀Selecting฀a฀Source ...................................................................................................... 18

Selecting฀the฀computer฀or฀video฀source................................................................. 18

฀Adjusting฀the฀Picture฀Size฀and฀Position ....................................................................... 19

Adjust฀the฀Tilt฀Foot ................................................................................................. 20

Zoom ...................................................................................................................... 21

Adjusting฀from฀the฀menu ........................................................................................ 22

Focus ..................................................................................................................... 23

฀Correcting฀Keystone฀Distortion฀Manually .................................................................... 24

Adjusting฀with฀buttons฀on฀the฀cabinet .................................................................... 24

Adjusting฀with฀the฀remote฀control ........................................................................... 25

฀Optimizing฀Computer฀Signal฀Automatically ................................................................. 26

Adjusting฀the฀Image฀Using฀Auto฀Adjust .................................................................. 26

฀Turning฀Up฀or฀Down฀Volume฀(not฀available฀on฀M420XV) ............................................. 26

฀Turning฀off฀the฀Projector .............................................................................................. 27

฀After฀Use...................................................................................................................... 28

3. Convenient Features ..................................................................................... 29

1฀Turning฀off฀the฀Image฀and฀Sound ................................................................................ 29

฀Freezing฀a฀Picture ....................................................................................................... 29

฀Enlarging฀a฀Picture ...................................................................................................... 29

฀Changing฀Eco฀Mode/Checking฀Energy-Saving฀Effect฀ ................................................ 30

vii

Table of Contents

Using฀Eco฀Mode฀[ECO฀MODE] .............................................................................. 30

Checking฀Energy-Saving฀Effect฀[CARBON฀METER] ............................................. 31

฀Preventing฀the฀Unauthorized฀Use฀of฀the฀Projector฀[SECURITY] ................................. 32

฀Using฀the฀Computer฀Cable฀(VGA)฀to฀Operate฀the฀Projector฀(Virtual฀Remote฀Tool) ..... 35

฀Operating฀Your฀Computer’s฀Mouse฀Functions฀from฀the฀Projector’s฀Remote฀Control฀

via฀the฀USB฀Cable฀(Remote฀Mouse฀Function) ....................................................... 41

฀Projecting฀Your฀Computer’s฀Screen฀Image฀from฀the฀Projector฀via฀the฀USB฀Cable฀

(USB฀Display) ........................................................................................................ 42

฀Controlling฀the฀Projector฀by฀Using฀an฀HTTP฀Browser ................................................. 44

฀Controlling฀the฀Projector฀over฀a฀LAN฀(PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4) ................................... 50

฀Projecting฀Your฀Computer’s฀Screen฀Image฀from฀the฀Projector฀over฀a฀LAN฀(Image฀

Express฀Utility฀Lite) ................................................................................................ 53

฀Projecting฀an฀Image฀from฀an฀Angle฀(Geometric฀Correction฀Tool฀in฀Image฀Express฀

Utility฀Lite) .............................................................................................................. 56

What฀you฀can฀do฀with฀GCT .................................................................................... 56

Projecting฀an฀Image฀from฀an฀Angle฀(GCT) ............................................................. 56

4. Using the Viewer ............................................................................................. 58

❶฀What฀you฀can฀do฀with฀the฀Viewer ................................................................................. 58

❷฀Projecting฀images฀stored฀in฀a฀USB฀memory฀device .................................................... 60

฀Converting฀PowerPoint฀les฀to฀Slides฀(Viewer฀PPT฀Converter฀3.0) ............................. 66

5. Using On-Screen Menu ................................................................................ 69

1฀Using฀the฀Menus .......................................................................................................... 69

฀Menu฀Elements ............................................................................................................ 70

฀List฀of฀Menu฀Items ....................................................................................................... 71

฀Menu฀Descriptions฀&฀Functions฀[SOURCE] ................................................................ 73

COMPUTER฀1 and 2 ............................................................................................. 73

HDMI ...................................................................................................................... 73

VIDEO .................................................................................................................... 73

S-VIDEO ................................................................................................................ 73

VIEWER ................................................................................................................. 73

NETWORK ............................................................................................................. 73

USB฀DISPLAY ........................................................................................................ 73

฀Menu฀Descriptions฀&฀Functions฀[ADJUST] .................................................................. 74

[PICTURE] ............................................................................................................. 74

[IMAGE฀OPTIONS] ................................................................................................ 77

฀Menu฀Descriptions฀&฀Functions฀[SETUP] .................................................................... 81

[GENERAL] ............................................................................................................ 81

[MENU] .................................................................................................................. 83

[INSTALLATION] .................................................................................................... 85

[OPTIONS(1)] ........................................................................................................ 87

[OPTIONS(2)] ........................................................................................................ 89

Setting฀up฀the฀Projector฀for฀a฀Wired฀LAN฀Connection฀[WIRED฀LAN] ..................... 91

Setting฀up฀the฀Projector฀for฀a฀Wireless฀LAN฀Connection฀(with฀the฀optional฀USB฀

Wireless฀LAN฀Unit฀equipped)฀[WIRELESS฀LAN] ................................................... 92

฀Menu฀Descriptions฀&฀Functions฀[INFO.] ...................................................................... 94

[USAGE฀TIME] ....................................................................................................... 94

viii

Table of Contents

[SOURCE].............................................................................................................. 95

[WIRED฀LAN] ......................................................................................................... 95

[WIRELESS฀LAN] .................................................................................................. 95

[VERSION] ............................................................................................................. 96

[OTHERS] .............................................................................................................. 96

฀Menu฀Descriptions฀&฀Functions฀[RESET] .................................................................... 97

Returning฀to฀Factory฀Default฀[RESET] ................................................................... 97

6. Installation and Connections ................................................................... 98

1฀Setting฀Up฀the฀Screen฀and฀the฀Projector ..................................................................... 98

Selecting฀a฀Location............................................................................................... 98

Throw฀Distance฀and฀Screen฀Size ......................................................................... 101

฀Making฀Connections .................................................................................................. 104

Connecting฀Your฀Computer .................................................................................. 104

Connecting฀an฀External฀Monitor .......................................................................... 106

Connecting฀Your฀DVD฀Player฀or฀Other฀AV฀Equipment .......................................... 107

Connecting฀Component฀Input .............................................................................. 108

Connecting฀HDMI฀Input........................................................................................ 109

Connecting฀to฀a฀Wired฀LAN ................................................................................. 110

Connecting฀to฀a฀Wireless฀LAN฀(Optional:฀NP02LM฀series) .................................. 111

Attaching฀the฀Optional฀Cable฀Cover฀(NP01CV) ................................................... 114

7. Maintenance .................................................................................................... 115

1฀Cleaning฀the฀Filters.................................................................................................... 115

฀Cleaning฀the฀Lens...................................................................................................... 119

฀Cleaning฀the฀Cabinet ................................................................................................. 119

฀Replacing฀the฀Lamp฀and฀the฀Filters ........................................................................... 120

8. Appendix ............................................................................................................. 127

1฀Troubleshooting ......................................................................................................... 127

Indicator฀Messages .............................................................................................. 127

Common฀Problems฀&฀Solutions ........................................................................... 128

If฀there฀is฀no฀picture,฀or฀the฀picture฀is฀not฀displayed฀correctly. .............................. 129

฀Specications ............................................................................................................ 130

฀Cabinet฀Dimensions .................................................................................................. 136

฀Pin฀Assignments฀of฀D-Sub฀COMPUTER฀Input฀Connector ........................................ 139

฀Compatible฀Input฀Signal฀List ...................................................................................... 140

฀PC฀Control฀Codes฀and฀Cable฀Connection ................................................................. 141

฀Troubleshooting฀Check฀List ........................................................................................ 142

฀TravelCare฀Guide ....................................................................................................... 144

฀TCO฀Certication ....................................................................................................... 144

Projector

[M350XS/M300XS/M260XS/M300WS/

M260WS]

[M420X/M420XV]

1. Introduction

1 What’s in the Box?

Make฀sure฀your฀box฀contains฀everything฀listed.฀If฀any฀pieces฀are฀missing,฀contact฀your฀dealer.

Please฀save฀the฀original฀box฀and฀packing฀materials฀if฀you฀ever฀need฀to฀ship฀your฀projector.

Power cord

(7N080236: M300X/M260X/M300W/M260W)

(7N080240: M300XS/M300WS)

(7N080022: M350X/M300X/M260X/M230X/

M300W/M260W/M420X/M420XV)

(7N080026: M350XS/M300XS/M260XS/

M300WS/M260WS)

Computer cable (VGA)

(7N520073)

NEC Projector CD-ROM

User’s manual (PDF) and the util-

ity software

(7N951543)

For North America only

Registration฀card

Limited฀warranty

For customers in Europe:

You฀will฀nd฀our฀current฀valid฀Guarantee฀Policy฀on฀our฀Web฀Site:฀

www.nec-display-solutions.com

The M420X/M420XV and

M350XS/M300XS/M260XS/

M300WS/M260WS do not come

with a soft case.

•฀Important฀Infomation฀(For฀North฀

America: 7N8N1181) (For Other

countries than North America:

7N8N1181 and 7N8N1192)

•฀Quick฀Setup฀Guide฀(For฀North฀Amer-

ica: 7N8N1201) (For Other countries

than North America: 7N8N1201 and

7N8N1211)

Remote control

(7N900922)

Batteries (AAA × 2)

Unless฀otherwise฀described฀in฀the฀user’s฀manual,฀the฀drawings฀for฀the฀projector฀cabinet฀show฀examples฀of฀the฀M350X.

Soft case

(24BS8121)

[M350X/M300X/M260X/M230X/M300W/M260W]

1. Introduction

 Introduction to the Projector

This฀section฀introduces฀you฀to฀your฀new฀projector฀and฀describes฀the฀features฀and฀controls.

Congratulations on Your Purchase of the Projector

This฀projector฀is฀one฀of฀the฀very฀best฀projectors฀available฀today.฀The฀projector฀enables฀you฀to฀project฀precise฀images฀up฀

to฀300฀inches฀(110฀inches฀on฀short-throw฀models)฀across฀(measured฀diagonally)฀from฀your฀PC฀or฀Macintosh฀computer฀

(desktop฀or฀notebook),฀VCR,฀DVD฀player,฀or฀document฀camera.

You฀can฀use฀the฀projector฀on฀a฀tabletop฀or฀cart,฀you฀can฀use฀the฀projector฀to฀project฀images฀from฀behind฀the฀screen,฀

and฀the฀projector฀can฀be฀permanently฀mounted฀on฀a฀ceiling*

.฀The฀remote฀control฀can฀be฀used฀wirelessly.

฀Do฀not฀attempt฀to฀mount฀the฀projector฀on฀a฀ceiling฀yourself.

฀The฀projector฀must฀be฀installed฀by฀qualied฀technicians฀in฀order฀to฀ensure฀proper฀operation฀and฀reduce฀the฀risk฀

of฀bodily฀injury.

฀In฀addition,฀the฀ceiling฀must฀be฀strong฀enough฀to฀support฀the฀projector฀and฀the฀installation฀must฀be฀in฀accordance฀

with฀any฀local฀building฀codes.฀Please฀consult฀your฀dealer฀for฀more฀information.

Features you’ll enjoy:

•฀Quick฀start฀(3฀seconds*

),฀Quick฀Power฀Off฀(0฀seconds),฀Direct฀Power฀Off

฀3฀seconds*

฀after฀turning฀on฀the฀power,฀the฀projector฀is฀ready฀to฀display฀PC฀or฀video฀images.

฀The฀projector฀can฀be฀put฀away฀immediately฀after฀the฀projector฀is฀powered฀down.฀No฀cool฀down฀period฀is฀required฀

after฀the฀projector฀is฀turned฀off฀from฀the฀remote฀control฀or฀cabinet฀control฀panel.

฀The฀projector฀has฀a฀feature฀called฀“Direct฀Power฀Off”.฀This฀feature฀allows฀the฀projector฀to฀be฀turned฀off฀(even฀when฀

projecting฀an฀image)฀by฀using฀the฀Main฀Power฀Switch฀or฀disconnecting฀the฀AC฀power฀supply.

฀To฀turn฀off฀the฀AC฀power฀supply฀when฀the฀projector฀is฀powered฀on,฀use฀a฀power฀strip฀equipped฀with฀a฀switch฀and฀

a฀breaker.

฀*1฀The฀quick฀start฀time฀is฀only฀when฀[STANDBY฀MODE]฀is฀set฀to฀[NORMAL]฀in฀the฀on-screen฀message.

•฀0.2฀W฀(100-130฀V฀AC)/0.4฀W฀(200-240฀V฀AC)฀in฀standby฀condition฀with฀energy฀saving฀technology

฀Selecting฀[POWER-SAVING]฀for฀[STANDBY฀MODE]฀from฀the฀menu฀can฀put฀the฀projector฀in฀power-saving฀mode฀

that฀consumes฀only฀0.2฀W฀(100-130฀V฀AC)/0.4฀W฀(200-240฀V฀AC).

•฀Carbon฀Meter฀

฀This฀feature฀will฀show฀energy-saving฀effect฀in฀terms฀of฀CO

฀emission฀reduction฀(kg)฀when฀the฀projector’s฀[ECO฀

MODE]฀is฀set฀to฀[AUTO฀ECO],฀[ECO1],฀or฀[ECO2]*

฀The฀amount฀of฀CO

฀emission฀reduction฀will฀be฀displayed฀in฀the฀conrmation฀message฀at฀the฀time฀of฀power-off฀and฀

in฀the฀INFO฀of฀the฀on-screen฀menu.

฀*2฀[ECO2]฀is฀available฀on฀M300X,฀M260X,฀and฀M260XS฀only.

•฀Longer฀lamp฀life฀without฀cleaning฀the฀lters฀regularly฀

฀Using฀in฀Eco฀Mode฀allows฀you฀to฀prolong฀the฀projector’s฀lamp฀life.฀

฀The฀two-layer,฀large฀lters฀require฀no฀regular฀cleaning.฀Filter฀replacement฀is฀requred฀only฀at฀the฀time฀of฀the฀lamp฀

replacement.

•฀Short฀throw฀distances฀(M350XS/M300XS/M260XS/M300WS/M260WS)

฀Short฀focal฀lenses฀provide฀for฀a฀larger฀image฀using฀a฀shorter฀throw฀distance฀when฀compared฀to฀a฀typical฀projector฀

lens.

•฀HDMI฀input฀port฀provides฀digital฀signal฀

฀The฀HDMI฀input฀provides฀HDCP฀compatible฀digital฀signals.฀The฀HDMI฀input฀also฀supports฀audio฀signal.

•฀10฀W฀built-in฀speaker฀for฀an฀integrated฀audio฀solution฀(not฀available฀on฀M420XV)

฀Powerful฀10฀watt฀monaural฀speaker฀provides฀volume฀need฀for฀large฀rooms.

1. Introduction

•฀The฀supplied฀remote฀control฀allows฀you฀to฀assign฀a฀CONTROL฀ID฀to฀the฀projector

฀Multiple฀projectors฀can฀be฀operated฀separately฀and฀independently฀with฀the฀same฀single฀remote฀control฀by฀assigning฀

an฀ID฀number฀to฀each฀projector.

•฀Auto฀vertical฀keystone฀correction

฀Auto฀Keystone฀feature฀allows฀the฀projector฀to฀detect฀its฀tilt฀and฀correct฀vertical฀distortion฀automatically.

•฀USB฀Display฀

฀Using฀a฀commercially฀available฀USB฀cable฀(compatible฀with฀USB฀2.0฀specications)฀to฀connect฀the฀computer฀with฀

the฀projector฀allows฀you฀to฀send฀your฀computer฀screen฀image฀to฀the฀projector฀without฀the฀need฀of฀a฀traditional฀

computer฀cable฀(VGA).

•฀Integrated฀RJ-45฀connector฀for฀wired฀networking฀capability฀along฀with฀wireless฀networking฀capabilities

฀An฀RJ-45฀connector฀is฀standard.฀An฀optional฀USB฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit฀is฀required฀for฀wireless฀LAN฀connection.

•฀Software฀programs฀(User฀Supportware)฀contained฀in฀the฀supplied฀CD-ROM

฀The฀supplied฀NEC฀Projector฀includes฀four฀programs:฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool,฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite,฀PC฀Control฀

Utility฀Pro฀4,฀and฀Viewer฀PPT฀Converter฀3.0.฀

•฀AUTO฀POWER฀ON฀and฀AUTO฀POWER฀OFF฀features

฀The฀AUTO฀POWER฀ON(AC),฀AUTO฀POWER฀ON(COMP1),฀AUTO฀POWER฀OFF,฀and฀OFF฀TIMER฀features฀eliminate฀

the฀need฀to฀always฀use฀the฀POWER฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀or฀projector฀cabinet.

•฀Preventing฀unauthorized฀use฀of฀the฀projector

฀Enhanced฀smart฀security฀settings฀for฀keyword฀protection,฀cabinet฀control฀panel฀lock,฀security฀slot,฀and฀security฀

chain฀opening฀to฀help฀prevent฀unauthorized฀access,฀adjustments฀and฀theft฀deterrence.

•฀High฀resolution฀up฀to฀UXGA

฀High฀resolution฀display฀-฀up฀to฀UXGA฀compatible,฀XGA฀(M350X/M300X/M260X/M230X/M420X/M420XV/M350XS/

M300XS/M260XS)/WXGA฀(M300W/M260W/M300WS/M260WS)฀native฀resolution.

About this user’s manual

The฀fastest฀way฀to฀get฀started฀is฀to฀take฀your฀time฀and฀do฀everything฀right฀the฀rst฀time.฀Take฀a฀few฀minutes฀now฀to฀

review฀the฀user’s฀manual.฀This฀may฀save฀you฀time฀later฀on.฀At฀the฀beginning฀of฀each฀section฀of฀the฀manual฀you’ll฀nd฀

an฀overview.฀If฀the฀section฀doesn’t฀apply,฀you฀can฀skip฀it.

1. Introduction

Comparative Table of Main Features

The฀main฀features฀vary฀depending฀on฀the฀model฀as฀follows.

Standard Models

with฀Wide฀Panel

Short-Throw฀Models

Short-Throw฀

Models฀with฀Wide฀

Panel

M350X M300X M260X M230X M420X M420XV M300W M260W M350XS M300XS M260XS M300WS M260WS

Native฀Aspect฀

Ratio

4:3

Standard

16:10

Wide

4:3

Standard

16:10

Wide

Native฀Resolu-

tion฀(dots฀×฀

lines*

)฀

XGA฀(1024฀×฀768)

WXGA฀(1280฀×฀

800)

XGA฀(1024฀×฀768)

WXGA฀(1280฀×฀

800)

Screen฀Size฀25" - 300" 60" - 110"

Throw฀Distance

26–543฀inches/0.65–13.8฀m

25–542 inch-

es/0.6–13.8฀m

27–573฀inch-

es/0.69–14.6฀m

18-43฀inches/0.5-1.1฀m

Light฀output*

in฀OFF฀for฀ECO฀

MODE฀

3500

lumens

3000

lumens

2600

lumens

2300

lumens

4200 lumens

3000

lumens

2600

lumens

3500

lumens

3000

lumens

2600

lumens

3000

lumens

2600

lumens

Lamp฀Replace-

ment Time

(average)฀

OFF฀for฀ECO฀MODE/ON฀for฀ECO฀MODE฀(H)

4000/

5000

5000/60003000/3500

4000/

5000

5000/

6000

3000/

3500

4000/

5000

5000/

6000

3000/

3500

4000/

5000

Lamp฀ModelNP16LPNP15LPNP17LPNP16LPNP15LPNP17LPNP16LPNP15LPNP17LPNP16LP

Lamp฀Wattage฀

(AC)

230 W 180 W 265 W 230 W 180 W 265 W 230 W 180 W 265 W 230 W

Zoom

Using฀the฀manual฀zoom฀lever

Using฀the฀[DIGITAL฀ZOOM]฀function฀from฀the฀

Focus฀Using฀the฀manual฀focus฀ringUsing฀the฀manual฀focus฀lever

For฀further฀details฀on฀the฀specications,฀see฀pages฀

130 to 135.

*1฀Effective฀pixels฀are฀more฀than฀99.99%.

*2฀This฀is฀the฀light฀output฀value฀(lumens)฀when฀the฀[PRESET]฀mode฀is฀set฀to฀[HIGH-BRIGHT].฀If฀any฀other฀mode฀is฀

selected฀as฀the฀[PRESET]฀mode,฀the฀light฀output฀value฀may฀drop฀slightly.

*3฀Compliance฀with฀ISO21118-2005

TIP: The model name is located on the cabinet.

Model name

1. Introduction

 Part Names of the Projector

Front/Top

[M350X/M300X/M260X/M230X/M300W/M260W]

[M420X/M420XV]

[M350XS/M300XS/M260XS/M300WS/M260WS]

Controls

( page 8)

Controls

(

 page 8)

Lens

Remote Sensor

( page 11)

Remote Sensor

(

 page 11)

Ventilation (inlet) / Filter Cover

(

 page 115, 123)

Ventilation (inlet) / Filter Cover

(

 page 117, 125)

Zoom Lever

( page 21)

Zoom Lever

( page 21)

Lens Cover

Focus Ring

(

 page 23)

Focus Ring

(

 page 23)

Adjustable Tilt Foot

(

 page 20)

Adjustable Tilt Foot

(

 page 20)

Adjustable Tilt Foot Lever

(

 page 20)

Adjustable Tilt Foot Lever

(

 page 20)

Ventilation (outlet)

Heated air is exhausted from here.

Ventilation (outlet)

Heated air is exhausted from here.

Controls

( page 8)

Lens Cap

Ventilation (inlet) / Filter Cover

( page 117, 125)

Focus Lever

( page 23)

Remote Sensor

( page 11)

Lens

Adjustable Tilt Foot

(

 page 20)

Adjustable Tilt Foot Lever

(

 page 20)

Ventilation (outlet)

Heated air is exhausted from here.

1. Introduction

Rear

[M350X/M300X/M260X/M230X/M300W/M260W]

[M420X/M420XV]

AC Input

Connect the supplied power cord’s

three-pin plug here, and plug the

other end into an active wall outlet.

(

 page 15)

Port Cover for Optional USB

Wireless LAN Unit

When using the optional USB

Wireless LAN Unit, ﬁrst remove

the cover. (

 page 111)

Terminal Panel (

 page 9)

Monaural฀Speaker฀(10฀W)

Lamp Cover ( page 121)

Rear Foot (

 page 20)

Built-in Security Slot (

Security chain opening

Attach an anti-theft device.

The security chain opening accepts

security wires or chains up to 0.18

inch/4.6 mm in diameter.

AC Input

Connect the supplied power cord’s

three-pin plug here, and plug the

other end into an active wall outlet.

(

 page 15)

Connection for cable cover (Left/

right)

Screw holes temporarily ﬁxing

grooves for the optional cable cover

(

 page 114)

Port Cover for Optional USB

Wireless LAN Unit

When using the optional USB

Wireless LAN Unit, ﬁrst remove

the cover. (

 page 111)

Terminal Panel (

 page 9)

Monaural฀Speaker฀(10฀W)

(The M420XV does not come with

the฀speaker.)

Lamp Cover ( page 121)

Rear Foot ( page 20)

Security chain opening

Attach an anti-theft device.

The security chain opening accepts

security wires or chains up to 0.18

inch/4.6 mm in diameter.

Built-in Security Slot (

*฀This฀security฀slot฀supports฀the฀MicroSaver฀

Security System.

1. Introduction

Opening and closing the lens cover

Slide฀the฀lens฀cover฀to฀the฀left฀to฀uncover฀the฀lens.

To฀cover฀the฀lens,฀slide฀the฀lens฀cover฀to฀the฀right.

NOTE:

•฀The฀lens฀cover฀works฀in฀conjunction฀with฀the฀AV฀mute฀function.฀Closing฀the฀lens฀cover฀will฀turn฀off฀the฀image฀and฀sound฀

during฀normal฀projector฀operation;฀opening฀it฀will฀restore฀the฀image฀and฀sound.

฀With฀the฀lens฀cover฀closed฀the฀image฀and฀sound฀is฀turned฀off,฀however฀the฀lamp฀is฀still฀lit.฀If฀the฀projector฀stays฀this฀way฀for฀

about฀2฀hours,฀it฀will฀turn฀off฀automatically.

•฀Do฀not฀pull฀the฀lens฀cover฀with฀excessive฀force฀or฀apply฀strong฀pressure฀in฀either฀the฀up฀or฀down฀direction.฀Doing฀so฀can฀

cause฀damage฀to฀the฀lens฀cover฀sliding฀mechanism!

[M350X/M300X/M260X/M230X/M300W/M260W/M420X/M420XV]

[M350XS/M300XS/M260XS/M300WS/M260WS]

AC Input

Connect the supplied power cord’s

three-pin plug here, and plug the

other end into an active wall outlet.

(

 page 15)

Connection for cable cover (Left/

right)

Screw holes temporarily ﬁxing

grooves for the optional cable cover

(

 page 114)

Port Cover for Optional USB

Wireless LAN Unit

When using the optional USB

Wireless LAN Unit, ﬁrst remove

the cover. ( page 111)

Terminal Panel (

 page 9)

Monaural฀Speaker฀(10฀W)

Lamp Cover ( page 121)

Rear Foot ( page 20)

Security chain opening

Attach an anti-theft device.

The security chain opening accepts

security wires or chains up to 0.18

inch/4.6 mm in diameter.

Built-in Security Slot (

*฀This฀security฀slot฀supports฀the฀MicroSaver฀

Security System.

1. Introduction

Top Features

1/2

811

1. ฀(POWER)฀Button฀(฀page฀16, 27)

2. POWER Indicator (฀page฀

15, 16, 27, 127)

3.฀STATUS฀Indicator฀(฀page฀

127)

4.฀LAMP฀Indicator฀(฀page฀

120, 127)

5.฀ECO฀Button฀(฀page฀

30)

6.฀SOURCE฀Button฀(฀page฀

18)

7.฀AUTO฀ADJ.฀Button฀(฀page฀

26)

8. MENU Button (฀page฀

69)

9. ฀/฀Volume฀Buttons฀฀/฀Keystone฀Buttons฀

 (฀page฀

24, 26)

10.฀ENTER฀Button฀(฀page฀

69)

11.฀EXIT฀Button฀(฀page฀

69)

1. Introduction

Terminal Panel Features

1235613 12

8711 14910

1.฀COMPUTER฀1฀IN/฀Component฀Input฀Connector฀

(Mini฀D-Sub฀15฀Pin)฀(฀page฀104, 108)

2.฀COMPUTER฀1฀AUDIO฀IN฀Mini฀Jack฀(Stereo฀Mini)฀

(

฀page฀

104, 107, 108)฀(not฀available฀on฀M420XV)

3.฀COMPUTER฀2฀IN฀/฀Component฀Input฀Connector฀

(Mini฀D-Sub฀15฀Pin)฀(฀page฀

104, 108)

4.฀COMPUTER฀2฀AUDIO฀IN฀Mini฀Jack฀(Stereo฀Mini)฀

(

฀page฀

104, 107, 108)฀(not฀available฀on฀M420XV)

5.฀HDMI฀IN฀Connector฀(Type฀A)฀

(

฀page฀

104, 109)

6.฀USB฀(PC)฀Port฀(Type฀B)฀

(

฀page฀

42, 104)

7.฀MONITOR฀OUT฀(COMP.฀1)฀Connector฀(Mini฀D-Sub฀

15฀Pin)฀(฀page฀

106)

8.฀AUDIO฀OUT฀Mini฀Jack฀(Stereo฀Mini)฀(฀page฀

106)

฀(not฀available฀on฀M420XV)

9.฀S-VIDEO฀IN฀Connector฀(Mini฀DIN฀4฀Pin)

฀(฀page฀

107)

10.฀VIDEO฀IN฀Connector฀(RCA)฀(฀page฀

107)

11.฀VIDEO/S-VIDEO฀AUDIO฀IN฀L/MONO,฀R฀(RCA)

(

฀page฀

107)฀(not฀available฀on฀M420XV)

12.฀LAN฀Port฀(RJ-45)฀(฀page฀

110)

13.฀USB฀Port฀(Type฀A)฀(฀page฀

60)

14.฀PC฀CONTROL฀[PC฀CONTROL]฀Port฀(D-Sub฀9฀Pin)

(

฀page฀

141)

฀Use฀this฀port฀to฀connect฀a฀PC฀or฀control฀system.฀This฀

enables฀you฀to฀control฀the฀projector฀using฀serial฀commu-

nication฀protocol.฀If฀you฀are฀writing฀your฀own฀program,฀

typical฀PC฀control฀codes฀are฀on฀page฀141.

1. Introduction

 Part Names of the Remote Control

1. Infrared Transmitter

฀(฀page฀11)

2. POWER ON Button

฀(฀page฀

16)

3.฀POWER฀OFF฀Button

฀(฀page฀

27)

4,฀5,฀6.฀COMPUTER฀1/2/3฀Button

฀(฀page฀

18)฀

฀(COMPUTER฀3฀button฀is฀not฀available.)

7.฀AUTO฀ADJ.฀Button

฀(฀page฀

26)

8.฀VIDEO฀Button

฀(฀page฀

18)

9.฀S-VIDEO฀Button

฀(฀page฀

18)

10.฀HDMI฀Button฀(฀page฀

18)

11.฀VIEWER฀Button฀(฀page฀

18, 60)

12.฀NETWORK฀Button฀(฀page฀

18)

13.฀USB฀DISPLAY฀Button฀(฀page฀

18)

14.฀ID฀SET฀Button

฀(฀page฀

86)

15.฀Numeric฀Keypad฀Button/CLEAR฀Button

฀(฀page฀

86)

16.฀FREEZE฀Button

฀(฀page฀

29)

17.฀AV-MUTE฀Button

฀(฀page฀

29)

18. MENU Button

฀(฀page฀

69)

19.฀EXIT฀Button฀(฀page฀

69)

20.฀ Button (

฀page฀

69)

21. ENTER Button (฀page฀

69)

22.฀D-ZOOM฀(+)(–)฀Button

฀(฀page฀

29)

23.฀MOUSE฀L-CLICK฀Button*

฀(฀page฀

41)

24.฀MOUSE฀R-CLICK฀Button*

฀(฀page฀

41)

25.฀PAGE฀/฀Button*

฀(฀page฀

41)

26.฀ECO฀Button฀(฀page฀

30)

27.฀KEYSTONE฀Button

฀(฀page฀

25)

28. PICTURE Button

฀(฀page฀

74, 76)

29.฀VOL.฀(+)(–)฀Button

฀(฀page฀

26)

30.฀ASPECT฀Button

฀(฀page฀

79)

31.฀FOCUS/ZOOM฀Button

฀The฀ZOOM฀button฀works฀on฀the฀short-throw฀models฀

only.฀The฀FOCUS฀button฀does฀not฀work฀on฀this฀series฀

of฀projectors.

32.฀HELP฀Button

฀(฀page฀

94)

*฀The฀PAGE฀/, ,฀MOUSE฀L-CLICK฀and฀MOUSE฀R-CLICK฀buttons฀work฀only฀when฀a฀USB฀cable฀is฀connected฀

with฀your฀computer..

1. Introduction

Remote Control Precautions

•฀Handle฀the฀remote฀control฀carefully.

•฀If฀the฀remote฀control฀gets฀wet,฀wipe฀it฀dry฀immediately.

•฀Avoid฀excessive฀heat฀and฀humidity.

•฀Do฀not฀short,฀heat,฀or฀take฀apart฀batteries.

•฀Do฀not฀throw฀batteries฀into฀re.

•฀If฀you฀will฀not฀be฀using฀the฀remote฀control฀for฀a฀long฀time,฀remove฀the฀batteries.

•฀Ensure฀that฀you฀have฀the฀batteries’฀polarity฀(+/−)฀aligned฀correctly.

•฀Do฀not฀use฀new฀and฀old฀batteries฀together,฀or฀use฀different฀types฀of฀batteries฀together.

•฀฀Dispose฀of฀used฀batteries฀according฀to฀your฀local฀regulations.

Operating Range for Wireless Remote Control

Press฀rmly฀and฀slide฀the฀battery฀

cover฀off.

Install฀new฀batteries฀(AAA).฀Ensure฀

that฀you฀have฀the฀batteries’฀polarity฀

(+/−)฀aligned฀correctly.

•฀The฀infrared฀signal฀operates฀by฀line-of-sight฀up฀to฀a฀distance฀of฀about฀22฀feet/7฀m฀and฀within฀a฀60-degree฀angle฀of฀

the฀remote฀sensor฀on฀the฀projector฀cabinet.

•฀The฀projector฀will฀not฀respond฀if฀there฀are฀objects฀between฀the฀remote฀control฀and฀the฀sensor,฀or฀if฀strong฀light฀falls฀

on฀the฀sensor.฀Weak฀batteries฀will฀also฀prevent฀the฀remote฀control฀from฀properly฀operating฀the฀projector.

Battery Installation

Slip฀the฀cover฀back฀over฀the฀bat-

teries฀until฀it฀snaps฀into฀place.฀Do฀

not฀mix฀different฀types฀of฀batteries฀

or฀new฀and฀old฀batteries.

30°

OPEN

7 m/22 feet

Remote control

Remote sensor on projector cabinet

OPEN

Remote control

TIP:

Short-throw฀model฀(M350XS/M300XS/

M260XS/M300WS/M260WS):

The฀front฀remote฀sensor฀is฀located฀on฀the฀

front฀left฀of฀the฀cabinet.

1. Introduction

 Operating Environment for Software Included on CD-ROM

Names฀and฀Features฀of฀Bundled฀Software฀Programs

Name฀of฀software฀programFeatures

Virtual฀Remote฀ToolThis฀is฀a฀software฀program฀used฀to฀control฀the฀power฀ON/OFF฀and฀source฀selec-

tion฀of฀the฀projector฀from฀your฀computer฀by฀using฀the฀supplied฀computer฀cable฀

(VGA)฀and฀it฀is฀also฀used฀to฀send฀an฀image฀to฀the฀projector฀and฀register฀it฀as฀the฀

logo฀data฀of฀the฀projector.฀After฀registering฀it,฀you฀can฀lock฀the฀logo฀to฀prevent฀it฀

from฀changing.฀(฀page฀

35)

Name฀of฀software฀programFeatures

Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite•฀This฀is฀a฀software฀program฀used฀to฀project฀your฀computer’s฀screen฀over฀the฀

USB฀cable฀or฀the฀wired/wireless฀network.฀The฀computer฀cable฀(VGA)฀is฀not฀

required.฀(฀page฀

42,฀page฀53)

•฀This฀software฀program฀can฀be฀used฀to฀control฀the฀power฀ON/OFF฀and฀source฀

selection฀of฀the฀projector฀from฀your฀computer.

•฀The฀Geometric฀Correction฀Tool฀(GCT)฀function฀allows฀you฀to฀correct฀distortion฀

of฀images฀projected฀on฀a฀curved฀wall.฀(฀page฀

56)฀

Name฀of฀software฀programFeatures

PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4This฀is฀a฀software฀program฀used฀to฀operate฀the฀projector฀from฀the฀computer฀when฀

the฀computer฀and฀the฀projector฀are฀connected฀with฀LAN฀(wired฀or฀wireless)฀or฀

a฀serial฀cable.฀(฀page฀

50)

Name฀of฀software฀programFeatures

Viewer฀PPT฀Converter฀3.0This฀is฀a฀software฀program฀used฀to฀convert฀les฀created฀with฀PowerPoint฀into฀

JPEG฀les฀that฀can฀be฀displayed฀with฀the฀viewer฀function฀of฀the฀projector฀when฀

a฀USB฀memory฀device฀is฀inserted฀into฀the฀projector.฀(฀page฀

66)

NOTE:

•฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀does฀not฀support฀“Meeting฀Mode”฀in฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀2.0฀included฀with฀our฀other฀models.

Download฀service

For฀the฀update฀information฀about฀these฀software฀programs,฀visit฀our฀website:

URL:฀

http://www.nec-display.com/dl/en/index.html

1. Introduction

Operating Environment

The฀following฀is฀the฀operating฀environment฀for฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite.฀For฀the฀operating฀environment฀of฀other฀soft-

ware฀program,฀refer฀to฀the฀help฀function฀of฀each฀software฀program.

Supported฀OSWindows฀7฀Home฀Basic

Windows฀7฀Home฀Premium

Windows฀7฀Professional

Windows฀7฀Ultimate

Windows฀7฀Enterprise

Windows฀Vista฀Home฀Basic

Windows฀Vista฀Home฀Premium

Windows฀Vista฀Business

Windows฀Vista฀Ultimate

Windows฀Vista฀Enterprise

Windows฀XP฀Home฀Edition฀Service฀Pack฀3฀or฀later

Windows฀XP฀Professional฀Service฀Pack฀3฀or฀later

•฀Only฀32-bit฀version

•฀Windows฀power-saving฀function฀is฀not฀supported.

Processor •฀Windows฀7/Windows฀Vista

Pentium฀M฀1.2฀GHz฀equivalent฀or฀higher฀required

Dual฀core฀1.5฀GHz฀or฀higher฀recommended

•฀Windows฀XP

Pentium฀M฀1.0฀GHz฀equivalent฀or฀higher฀required

Dual฀core฀1.0฀GHz฀or฀higher฀recommended

Memory •฀Windows฀7/Windows฀Vista

512฀MB฀or฀more฀required

1฀GB฀or฀more฀recommended

•฀Windows฀XP

256฀MB฀or฀more฀required

512฀MB฀or฀more฀recommended

*฀More฀memory฀may฀be฀required฀to฀run฀additional฀applications฀simultane-

ously.

Graphic฀processor฀•฀Windows฀7/Windows฀Vista

The฀“Graphics”฀score฀3.0฀or฀more฀of฀“Windows฀Experience฀Index”฀recom-

mended.

Network฀environmentTCP/IP-compatible฀wired฀LAN฀or฀wireless฀LAN

(*฀Use฀a฀wireless฀LAN฀unit฀complying฀with฀the฀Wi-Fi฀standard.)

Resolution•฀Windows฀7/Windows฀Vista฀

SVGA฀(800฀×฀600)฀or฀higher฀required

XGA฀(1024฀×฀768)฀recommended฀

•฀Windows฀XP฀

VGA฀(640฀×฀480)฀or฀higher฀required

XGA฀(1024฀×฀768)฀recommended

1024฀dots฀×฀768฀lines฀-฀1280฀dots฀×฀800฀lines฀recommended฀(M300W/M260W/

M300WS/M260WS)

Screen฀ColorsHigh฀Color฀(15฀bits,฀16฀bits)

True฀Color฀(24฀bits,฀32฀bits)฀(recommended)

•฀256฀or฀fewer฀colors฀are฀not฀supported.

This฀section฀describes฀how฀to฀turn฀on฀the฀projector฀and฀to฀project฀a฀picture฀onto฀the฀screen.

1 Flow of Projecting an Image

Step 1

•฀Connecting฀your฀computer฀/฀Connecting฀the฀power฀cord฀(฀page฀15)

Step 2

•฀Turning฀on฀the฀projector฀(฀page฀16)

Step 3

•฀Selecting฀a฀source฀(฀page฀18)

Step 4

•฀Adjusting฀the฀picture฀size฀and฀position฀(฀page฀19)

•฀Correcting฀keystone฀distortion฀[KEYSTONE]฀(฀page฀24)

Step 5

•฀Adjusting฀a฀picture฀and฀sound

- Optimizing a computer signal automatically ( page 26)

- Turning up or down volume (

 page 26)

Step 6

•฀Making฀a฀presentation

Step 7

•฀Turning฀off฀the฀projector฀(฀page฀27)

Step 8

•฀After฀use฀(฀page฀28)

2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)

 Connecting Your Computer/Connecting the Power Cord

1.฀Connect฀your฀computer฀to฀the฀projector.

This section will show you a basic connection to a computer. For information about other connections, see “6.

Installation and Connections” on page 104.

Connect the computer cable (VGA) between the projector’s COMPUTER 1 IN connector and the computer’s port

(mini D-Sub 15 Pin). Turn two thumb screws of both connectors to ﬁx the computer cable (VGA).

2.฀Connect฀the฀supplied฀power฀cord฀to฀the฀projector.

First connect the supplied power cord’s three-pin plug to the AC IN of the projector, and then connect the other

plug of the supplied power cord in the wall outlet.

The projector’s power indicator will ﬂash for a few seconds and then will light orange* (standby mode).

The STATUS indicator will also light green*.

* This will apply for both indicators when [NORMAL] is selected for [STANDBY MODE]. See the Power Indicator

section.( page 127)

COMPUTER 1 IN

Make฀sure฀that฀the฀prongs฀are฀fully฀inserted฀into฀

both the AC IN and the wall outlet.

To wall outlet 

CAUTION:

Parts฀of฀the฀projector฀may฀become฀temporarily฀heated฀if฀the฀projector฀is฀turned฀off฀with฀the฀POWER฀button฀or฀if฀the฀

AC฀power฀supply฀is฀disconnected฀during฀normal฀projector฀operation.

Use฀caution฀when฀picking฀up฀the฀projector.

2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)

Standby BlinkingPower฀On

Steady orange light Blinking blue light Steady blue light

 Turning on the Projector

1.฀Uncover฀the฀lens฀by฀sliding฀the฀lens฀cover฀(M350X/

M300X/M260X/M230X/M300W/M260W/M420X/M420XV)฀

or฀removing฀the฀lens฀cap฀(M350XS/M300XS/M260XS/

M300WS/M260WS)

฀[M350XS/M300XS/M260XS/M300WS/M260WS]

•฀Do฀not฀remove฀the฀lens฀cap฀by฀pulling฀on฀the฀string.฀

Doing so can cause mechanical damage to the part

around the lens.

2.฀Press฀the฀ (POWER)฀button฀on฀the฀projector฀cabinet฀

or฀the฀POWER฀ON฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control.฀

The POWER indicator will turn to blue and the projector

will become ready to use.

TIP:

•฀When฀the฀message฀“Projector฀is฀locked!฀Enter฀your฀password.”฀

is฀displayed,฀it฀means฀that฀the฀[SECURITY]฀feature฀is฀turned฀on.฀

(฀page฀32)

After you turn on your projector, ensure that the computer

or video source is turned on and that the lens cover is

open.

NOTE:฀When฀no฀input฀signal฀is฀present,฀the฀no-signal฀guidance฀is฀

displayed฀(factory฀menu฀setting).

(฀page฀127)

Lens cover

Lens cap

2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)

Note on Startup screen (Menu Language Select screen)

When฀you฀rst฀turn฀on฀the฀projector,฀you฀will฀get฀the฀Startup฀menu.฀This฀menu฀gives฀you฀the฀opportunity฀to฀select฀one฀

of฀the฀27฀menu฀languages.

To฀select฀a฀menu฀language,฀follow฀these฀steps:

1.฀Use฀the฀

, ,  or ฀button฀to฀select฀one฀of฀the฀27฀

languages฀from฀the฀menu.

2.฀Press฀the฀ENTER฀button฀to฀execute฀the฀selection.

After฀this฀has฀been฀done,฀you฀can฀proceed฀to฀the฀menu฀

operation.

If฀you฀want,฀you฀can฀select฀the฀menu฀language฀later.

(฀[LANGUAGE]฀on฀page฀

71 and 83)

NOTE:

•฀When฀turning฀off฀the฀power฀supply฀and฀then฀back฀on฀by฀using฀a฀power฀strip฀or฀breaker.

฀Allow฀a฀minimum฀of฀1฀second฀between฀turning฀off฀the฀main฀power฀supply฀and฀turning฀it฀back฀on฀again.

฀Failing฀to฀do฀so฀could฀result฀in฀no฀power฀to฀the฀projector.฀(There฀will฀be฀no฀stand-by฀LED)฀

฀Should฀this฀happen,฀unplug฀the฀power฀cord฀and฀plug฀it฀in฀again.฀Turn฀on฀the฀main฀power.

•฀If฀one฀of฀the฀following฀things฀happens,฀the฀projector฀will฀not฀turn฀on.

•฀If฀the฀internal฀temperature฀of฀the฀projector฀is฀too฀high,฀the฀projector฀detects฀abnormal฀high฀temperature.฀In฀this฀condition฀the฀

projector฀will฀not฀turn฀on฀to฀protect฀the฀internal฀system.฀If฀this฀happens,฀wait฀for฀the฀projector’s฀internal฀components฀to฀cool฀

down.

•฀When฀the฀lamp฀reaches฀its฀end฀of฀usable฀life,฀the฀projector฀will฀not฀turn฀on.฀If฀this฀happens,฀replace฀the฀lamp.

•฀If฀the฀STATUS฀indicator฀lights฀orange฀with฀the฀power฀button฀pressed,฀it฀means฀that฀the฀[CONTROL฀PANEL฀LOCK]฀is฀turned฀on.฀

Cancel฀the฀lock฀by฀turning฀it฀off.฀(฀page฀85)

•฀If฀the฀lamp฀fails฀to฀light,฀and฀if฀the฀STATUS฀indicator฀ashes฀on฀and฀off฀in฀a฀cycle฀of฀six฀times,฀wait฀a฀full฀minute฀and฀then฀turn฀on฀

the฀power.

•฀While฀the฀POWER฀indicator฀is฀blinking฀blue฀in฀short฀cycles,฀the฀power฀cannot฀be฀turned฀off฀by฀using฀the฀power฀button.

•฀Immediately฀after฀turning฀on฀the฀projector,฀screen฀icker฀may฀occur.฀This฀is฀normal.฀Wait฀3฀to฀5฀minutes฀until฀the฀lamp฀lighting฀is฀

stabilized.

•฀When฀the฀projector฀is฀turned฀on,฀it฀may฀take฀some฀time฀before฀the฀lamp฀light฀becomes฀bright.

•฀If฀you฀turn฀on฀the฀projector฀immediately฀after฀the฀lamp฀is฀turned฀off฀or฀when฀the฀temperature฀is฀high,฀the฀fans฀run฀without฀display-

ing฀an฀image฀for฀some฀time฀and฀then฀the฀projector฀will฀display฀the฀image.

2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)

 Selecting a Source

Selecting the computer or video source

NOTE:฀Turn฀on฀the฀computer฀or฀video฀source฀equipment฀connected฀to฀the฀projector.

Detecting฀the฀Signal฀Automatically

Press฀the฀SOURCE฀button฀once.฀The฀projector฀will฀search฀for฀the฀available฀

input฀source฀and฀display฀it.฀The฀input฀source฀will฀change฀as฀follows:฀

COMPUTER1฀฀COMPUTER2฀฀HDMI฀฀VIDEO฀฀S-VIDEO฀

VIEWER฀฀USB฀DISPLAY฀฀COMPUTER1฀ ...

•฀With฀the฀SOURCE฀screen฀displayed,฀you฀can฀press฀the฀SOURCE฀

button฀a฀few฀times฀to฀select฀the฀input฀source.

TIP:฀If฀no฀input฀signal฀is฀present,฀the฀input฀will฀be฀skipped.

Using฀the฀Remote฀Control

Press฀any฀one฀of฀the฀COMPUTER1,฀COMPUTER2,฀HDMI,฀VIDEO,฀S-

VIDEO,฀VIEWER,฀NETWORK,฀or฀USB฀DISPLAY฀buttons.

Selecting฀Default฀Source฀

You฀can฀set฀a฀source฀as฀the฀default฀source฀so฀that฀it฀will฀be฀displayed฀

each฀time฀the฀projector฀is฀turned฀on.

1.฀Press฀the฀MENU฀button.

The menu will be displayed.

2.฀Press฀the฀฀button฀twice฀to฀select฀[SETUP]฀and฀press฀the฀ but-

ton฀or฀the฀ENTER฀button฀to฀select฀[GENERAL].

Press฀the฀



฀button฀three฀times฀to฀select฀[OPTIONS(2)].

4.฀Press฀the฀฀button฀six฀times฀to฀select฀[DEFAULT฀SOURCE฀SE-

LECT]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

The [DEFAULT SOURCE SELECT] screen will be displayed.

(

 page 90)

5.฀Select฀a฀source฀as฀the฀default฀source,฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀but-

ton.

6.฀Press฀the฀EXIT฀button฀a฀few฀times฀to฀close฀the฀menu.

7.฀Restart฀the฀projector.

The source you selected in step 5 will be projected.

NOTE:฀Even฀when฀[AUTO]฀is฀turned฀on,฀the฀[NETWORK]฀will฀not฀be฀automatically฀

selected.฀To฀set฀your฀network฀as฀the฀default฀source,฀select฀[NETWORK].

TIP:

•฀When฀the฀projector฀is฀in฀Standby฀mode,฀applying฀a฀computer฀signal฀from฀a฀

computer฀connected฀to฀the฀COMPUTER฀1฀IN฀input฀will฀power฀on฀the฀projector฀

and฀simultaneously฀project฀the฀computer’s฀image.

฀([AUTO฀POWER฀ON(COMP1)]฀฀page฀90)

•฀On฀Windows฀7,฀a฀combination฀of฀the฀Windows฀and฀P฀keys฀allows฀you฀to฀set฀up฀

external฀display฀easily฀and฀quickly.

2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)

 Adjusting the Picture Size and Position

Use฀the฀adjustable฀tilt฀foot,฀the฀zoom฀function฀or฀the฀focus฀function฀to฀adjust฀the฀picture฀size฀and฀position.

In this chapter drawings and cables are omitted for clarity.

Adjusting฀the฀throw฀angle฀(the฀height฀of฀an฀image)

[Tilt฀foot]฀(฀page฀20)

Adjusting฀the฀left฀and฀right฀tilt฀of฀an฀image

[Rear฀foot]฀(฀page฀20)

Finely฀adjusting฀the฀size฀of฀an฀image

[Zoom฀function]฀(฀page฀21)

Adjusting฀the฀focus

[Focus฀function]฀(฀page฀23)

Adjusting฀the฀keystone฀correction฀[KEYSTONE]*฀(฀page฀24)

Automatic฀Keystone฀Correction฀function฀is฀turned฀on฀at฀the฀time฀of฀shipment.

To฀perform฀keystone฀correction฀manually,฀see฀“6.฀Correcting฀Keystone฀Distortion฀Manually”฀on฀page฀24.

2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)

Adjustable Tilt Foot

Adjustable Tilt

Foot Lever

Adjust the Tilt Foot

1.฀฀Lift฀the฀front฀edge฀of฀the฀projector.

CAUTION:

Do฀not฀try฀to฀touch฀the฀ventilation฀outlet฀during฀Tilt฀Foot฀adjustment฀

as฀it฀can฀become฀heated฀while฀the฀projector฀is฀turned฀on฀and฀after฀it฀

is฀turned฀off.

2.฀฀Push฀up฀and฀hold฀the฀Adjustable฀Tilt฀Foot฀Lever฀on฀the฀front฀of฀

the฀projector฀to฀extend฀the฀adjustable฀tilt฀foot.

3.฀฀Lower฀the฀front฀of฀the฀projector฀to฀the฀desired฀height.

4.฀฀Release฀the฀Adjustable฀Tilt฀Foot฀Lever฀to฀lock฀the฀Adjustable฀tilt฀

foot.

The tilt foot can be extended up to 1.6 inch/40 mm.

There is approximately 10 degrees (up) of adjustment for the front of

the projector.

Rotate the rear foot to the desired height in order to square the image

on the projection surface.

CAUTION:

•฀Do฀not฀use฀the฀tilt-foot฀for฀purposes฀other฀than฀originally฀intended.

฀Misuses฀such฀as฀using฀the฀tilt฀foot฀to฀carry฀or฀hang฀(from฀the฀wall฀or฀

ceiling)฀the฀projector฀can฀cause฀damage฀to฀the฀projector.

For฀short-throw฀models฀(M350XS/M300XS/M260XS/M300WS/

M260WS)

Short-throw models have a round lens protruding from the front cabinet.

While adjusting the tilt foot, pay attention not to touch the lens.

Lens

Adjusting฀the฀left฀and฀right฀tilt฀of฀an฀image฀[Rear฀foot]

•฀Rotate฀the฀rear฀foot.

The rear foot can be extended up to 0.5 inch/12 mm. Rotating the rear

foot allows the projector to be placed horizontally.

NOTE:

•฀Do฀not฀extend฀the฀rear฀foot฀beyond฀its฀height฀limit฀(0.5฀inch/12฀mm).฀Doing฀so฀

may฀cause฀the฀rear฀foot฀to฀come฀out฀of฀the฀projector.฀

Rear foot

Up Down

2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)

Zoom

[M350X/M300X/M260X/M230X/M300W/M260W/M420X/M420XV]

Use฀the฀ZOOM฀lever฀to฀adjust฀the฀image฀size฀on฀the฀screen.

[M350XS/M300XS/M260XS/M300WS/M260WS]

The฀image฀size฀can฀be฀adjusted฀electronically฀from฀the฀menu.฀To฀do฀so,฀follow฀the฀steps฀below.

Adjusting฀with฀the฀ZOOM฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control

1.฀Press฀the฀ZOOM฀button.฀

The DIGITAL ZOOM bar will be displayed.

2.฀Press฀the฀◀ or ▶฀button฀to฀adjust฀the฀image฀size.฀

3.฀Press฀the฀EXIT฀button.

The DIGITAL ZOOM bar will be closed.

Zoom Lever

2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)

Adjusting from the menu

1.฀Press฀the฀MENU฀button.฀

The menu will be displayed.

2.฀Press฀the฀▶฀button฀to฀select฀[SETUP]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.฀

The [GENERAL] tab will be highlighted.

3.฀Press฀the฀▼ button.

The [DIGITAL ZOOM] will be highlighted.

4.฀Use฀the฀◀ or ▶฀button฀to฀adjust฀the฀image฀size.฀

5.฀After฀completing฀adjustment,฀press฀the฀EXIT฀button฀four฀times.฀

The menu will be closed.

2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)

Focus

[M350X/M300X/M260X/M230X/M300W/M260W/M420X/M420XV]

Use฀the฀FOCUS฀ring฀to฀obtain฀the฀best฀focus.

[M350XS/M300XS/M260XS/M300WS/M260WS]

Use฀the฀FOCUS฀lever฀to฀obtain฀the฀best฀focus฀

Focus Ring

FOCUS lever

2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)

 Correcting Keystone Distortion Manually

If฀the฀screen฀is฀tilted฀vertically,฀keystone฀distortion฀becomes฀large.฀Automatic฀Keystone฀Correction฀(AUTO฀KEYSTONE)฀

function฀is฀turned฀on฀at฀the฀time฀of฀shipment.฀To฀correct฀keystone฀distortion฀manually,฀proceed฀with฀the฀following฀steps฀

to฀correct฀keystone฀distortion.฀

NOTE:

•฀The฀Keystone฀correction฀can฀cause฀an฀image฀to฀be฀slightly฀blurred฀because฀the฀correction฀is฀made฀electronically.

•฀The฀Keystone฀correction฀range฀can฀be฀made฀narrower,฀depending฀on฀a฀signal฀or฀its฀aspect฀ratio฀selection.

•฀You฀may฀not฀get฀the฀desired฀result฀from฀the฀Auto฀Keystone฀correction,฀depending฀on฀the฀position฀of฀the฀zoom฀lever.฀If฀this฀hap-

pens,฀perform฀the฀Keystone฀correction฀manually.

Adjusting with buttons on the cabinet

1.฀Press฀the฀

or ฀button฀with฀no฀menus฀displayed.

฀The฀keystone฀bar฀will฀be฀displayed.

2.฀Use฀the฀ or ฀to฀correct฀the฀keystone฀distortion.

฀The฀keystone฀bar฀will฀be฀closed฀after฀a฀period฀of฀time.

3.฀Press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

฀The฀keystone฀bar฀will฀be฀closed.

NOTE:

•฀When฀the฀menu฀is฀displayed,฀the฀above฀operation฀is฀not฀available.฀When฀the฀menu฀is฀displayed,฀press฀the฀MENU฀button฀to฀close฀

the฀menu฀and฀start฀the฀Keystone฀correction.

฀From฀the฀menu,฀select฀[SETUP]฀฀[GENERAL]฀฀[KEYSTONE].฀The฀changes฀can฀be฀saved฀with฀[KEYSTONE฀SAVE].฀(฀page฀

81)

•฀Keystone฀control฀is฀not฀available฀with฀the฀฀or฀฀button฀when฀VIEWER฀is฀used.

2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)

Adjusting with the remote control

1.฀Press฀the฀KEYSTONE฀button.

The Keystone bar will be displayed.

2.฀Use฀the฀฀ or ฀button฀to฀correct฀the฀keystone฀distortion.

Adjust so that the right and left sides are parallel.

3.฀Press฀the฀EXIT฀button.

The Keystone bar will be closed.

2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)

 Optimizing Computer Signal Automatically

Adjusting the Image Using Auto Adjust

Optimizing฀a฀computer฀image฀automatically.฀(COMPUTER1/COMPUTER2)

Press฀the฀AUTO฀ADJ.฀button฀to฀optimize฀a฀computer฀image฀automatically.

This฀adjustment฀may฀be฀necessary฀when฀you฀connect฀your฀computer฀for฀the฀rst฀time.

[Poor picture]

[Normal picture]

NOTE:

Some฀signals฀may฀take฀time฀to฀display฀or฀may฀not฀be฀displayed฀correctly.

•฀If฀the฀Auto฀Adjust฀operation฀cannot฀optimize฀the฀computer฀signal,฀try฀to฀adjust฀[HORIZONTAL],฀[VERTICAL],฀[CLOCK],฀and฀[PHASE]฀

manually.฀(฀page฀77,฀78)

 Turning Up or Down Volume (not available on M420XV)

Sound฀level฀from฀the฀speaker฀can฀be฀adjusted.

TIP:฀When฀no฀menus฀appear,฀the฀ and ฀buttons฀on฀the฀projector฀cabinet฀work฀

as฀a฀volume฀control.฀

NOTE:

•฀Volume฀control฀is฀not฀available฀with฀the฀฀or฀฀button฀when฀an฀image฀is฀enlarged฀

by฀using฀the฀D-ZOOM฀(+)฀button฀or฀when฀the฀menu฀is฀displayed.

•฀Volume฀control฀is฀not฀available฀with฀the฀฀or฀฀button฀when฀VIEWER฀is฀

used.

TIP:฀The฀[BEEP]฀sound฀volume฀cannot฀be฀adjusted.฀To฀turn฀off฀the฀[BEEP]฀sound,฀

from฀the฀menu,฀select฀[SETUP]฀฀[OPTIONS฀(1)]฀฀[BEEP]฀฀[OFF].

Increase volume

Decrease volume

2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)

 Turning off the Projector

To฀turn฀off฀the฀projector:

1.฀First,฀press฀the฀

฀(POWER)฀button฀on฀the฀projector฀

cabinet฀or฀the฀POWER฀OFF฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀con-

trol.

The [POWER OFF / ARE YOU SURE? / CARBON SAV-

INGS- SESSION 0.000[g-CO2]] message will appear.

2.฀Secondly,฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button฀or฀press฀the฀

(POWER)฀or฀the฀POWER฀OFF฀button฀again.

The lamp will turn off and the projector will go into standby

mode. When in standby mode, the POWER indicator will

light orange and the STATUS indicator will light green when

[NORMAL] is selected for [STANDBY MODE].

Power฀On

Steady blue light

Standby

Steady

orange light

CAUTION:

Parts฀of฀the฀projector฀may฀become฀temporarily฀heated฀if฀the฀projector฀is฀turned฀off฀with฀the฀POWER฀button฀or฀if฀the฀

AC฀power฀supply฀is฀disconnected฀during฀normal฀projector฀operation.

Use฀caution฀when฀picking฀up฀the฀projector.

NOTE:

•฀While฀the฀power฀indicator฀is฀blinking฀blue฀in฀short฀cycles,฀the฀power฀cannot฀be฀turned฀off.

•฀You฀cannot฀turn฀off฀the฀power฀for฀60฀seconds฀immediately฀after฀turning฀it฀on฀and฀displaying฀an฀image.

•฀Do฀not฀disconnect฀the฀AC฀power฀supply฀to฀the฀projector฀within฀10฀seconds฀of฀making฀adjustment฀or฀setting฀changes฀and฀closing฀

the฀menu.฀Doing฀so฀can฀cause฀loss฀of฀adjustments฀and฀settings.

2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)

 After Use

Preparation:฀Make฀sure฀that฀the฀projector฀is฀turned฀off.

1.฀Unplug฀the฀power฀cord.

2.฀Disconnect฀any฀other฀cables.

•฀Remove฀the฀USB฀memory฀if฀it฀is฀inserted฀into฀the฀projector.

3.฀Retract฀adjustable฀tilt฀foot฀if฀extended.

•฀Do฀not฀touch฀the฀lens.

4.฀Slide฀the฀lens฀cover฀to฀the฀right฀to฀cover฀the฀lens.

Short-throw฀model฀(M350XS/M300XS/M260XS/M300WS/

M260WS)

①

Place each catch on the bottom of the lens cap into two grooves of

the projector.

②

Push the top of the lens cap to cover the lens.

5.฀Put฀the฀projector฀and฀accessories฀in฀the฀supplied฀soft฀case.

Place the projector in the soft case with the lens facing upward as shown below. This is to prevent the lens from

damage.

Insert the projector with the lens

facing upward

NOTE:

•฀When฀placing฀the฀projector฀in฀the฀soft฀case,฀retract฀the฀tilt฀foot฀and฀the฀rear฀feet.฀Failure฀to฀do฀so฀may฀case฀damage฀to฀the฀projec-

tor.

•฀The฀M420X,฀M420XV,฀M350XS,฀M300XS,฀M260XS,฀M300WS,฀and฀M260WS฀do฀not฀come฀with฀a฀soft฀case.

CAUTION:

Use฀caution฀when฀putting฀the฀projector฀in฀the฀soft฀case฀immediately฀after฀the฀projector฀has฀been฀operating.฀The฀

projector฀cabinet฀is฀hot.

1 Turning off the Image and Sound

Press฀the฀AV-MUTE฀button฀to฀turn฀off฀the฀image฀and฀sound฀for฀a฀short฀

period฀of฀time.฀Press฀again฀to฀restore฀the฀image฀and฀sound.

The฀projector's฀power-saving฀function฀will฀work฀10฀seconds฀after฀the฀im-

age฀is฀turned฀off.

As฀a฀result,฀the฀lamp฀power฀will฀be฀reduced.

NOTE:

•฀

Even฀though฀the฀image฀is฀turned฀off,฀the฀menu฀still฀remains฀on฀the฀screen.

•฀Sound฀from฀the฀AUDIO฀OUT฀jack฀(Stereo฀mini)฀can฀be฀turned฀off.

•฀Even฀when฀the฀power-saving฀function฀works,฀the฀lamp฀power฀may฀be฀restored฀

to฀its฀original฀level฀temporarily.

•฀To฀restore฀the฀image,฀even฀if฀you฀press฀the฀AV฀MUTE฀button฀immediately฀after฀

the฀start฀of฀the฀power-saving฀function,฀the฀lamp฀brightness฀may฀not฀be฀restored฀

to฀its฀original฀level.

 Freezing a Picture

Press฀the฀FREEZE฀button฀to฀freeze฀a฀picture.฀Press฀again฀to฀resume฀

motion.

NOTE:฀The฀image฀is฀frozen฀but฀the฀original฀video฀is฀still฀playing฀back.

 Enlarging a Picture

You฀can฀enlarge฀the฀picture฀up฀to฀four฀times.

NOTE:฀The฀maximum฀magnication฀may฀be฀less฀than฀four฀times฀depending฀on฀

the฀signal.

To฀do฀so:

1.฀Press฀the฀D-ZOOM฀(+)฀button฀to฀magnify฀the฀picture.

To move the magniﬁed image, use the ,,฀or  button.

3. Convenient Features

 Changing Eco Mode/Checking Energy-Saving Effect

Using Eco Mode [ECO MODE]

The฀ECO฀MODE฀(ECO1฀and฀ECO2)฀increases฀lamp฀life,฀while฀lowering฀power฀consumption฀and฀cutting฀down฀on฀CO

emissions.

Four฀brightness฀modes฀of฀the฀lamp฀can฀be฀selected:฀[OFF],฀[AUTO฀ECO],฀[ECO1]฀and฀[ECO2]฀modes.฀

[ECO฀MODE]฀DescriptionStatus฀of฀LAMP฀indicator

[OFF]This฀is฀the฀default฀setting฀(100%฀Brightness).

Off

[AUTO฀ECO]

Lamp฀power฀consumption฀will฀be฀changed฀between฀

[OFF]฀and฀[ECO1]฀automatically฀according฀to฀picture฀

level

NOTE:฀A฀bright฀gradation฀may฀be฀less฀visible฀depending฀on฀

the฀image.

Steady

Green฀light

[ECO1]

Low฀lamp฀power฀consumption฀(approx.฀75%฀Brightness฀

on฀M350X/M300W/M420X/M420XV/M350XS/M300XS/

M300WS/M260WS฀and฀approx.฀80%฀Brightness฀on฀

M300X/M260X/M230X/M260W/M260XS).

[ECO2]฀(M300X,฀

M260X, and

M260XS฀only)

Lower฀lamp฀power฀consumption฀than฀[ECO1]฀mode฀(ap-

prox.฀50%฀Brightness฀on฀M300X/M260X/M260XS)

To฀turn฀on฀the฀[ECO฀MODE],฀do฀the฀following:฀

1.฀Press฀the฀ECO฀Button฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀to฀display฀[ECO฀MODE]฀screen.

2.฀Press฀the฀ECO฀button฀again฀to฀select฀a฀mode฀you฀wish.฀

•฀Each฀time฀the฀ECO฀button฀is฀pressed,฀the฀choices฀will฀be฀changed:

OFF  AUTO ECO  ECO1 ( ECO2)  OFF

•฀When฀the฀projector฀is฀in฀ECO฀mode,฀the฀LAMP฀indicator฀will฀light฀green.

TIP:

•฀The฀leaf฀symbol฀at฀the฀bottom฀of฀the฀menu฀shows฀the฀current฀selection฀of฀ECO฀mode.

2. Press฀the฀ button.

The area of the magniﬁed image will be moved

3.฀Press฀the฀D-ZOOM฀(−)฀button.

Each time the D-ZOOM (−) button is pressed, the image is reduced.

NOTE:

•฀The฀image฀will฀be฀enlarged฀or฀reduced฀at฀the฀center฀of฀the฀screen.

•฀Displaying฀the฀menu฀will฀cancel฀the฀current฀magnication.

3. Convenient Features

NOTE:

•฀The฀[ECO฀MODE]฀can฀be฀changed฀by฀using฀the฀menu.

฀Select฀[SETUP]฀฀[GENERAL]฀฀[ECO฀MODE].

•฀The฀lamp฀life฀remaining฀and฀lamp฀hours฀used฀can฀be฀checked฀in฀[USAGE฀TIME].฀Select฀[INFO.]฀[USAGE฀TIME].

•฀The฀projector฀is฀always฀in฀[ECO1]*฀for฀90฀seconds฀after฀the฀lamp฀is฀turned฀on฀and฀while฀the฀POWER฀indicator฀is฀blinking฀blue.฀

The฀lamp฀condition฀will฀not฀be฀affected฀even฀when฀[ECO฀MODE]฀is฀changed.

•฀After฀a฀lapse฀of฀1฀minute฀from฀when฀the฀projector฀displays฀no-signal฀guidance,฀a฀blue,฀black฀or฀logo฀screen,฀[ECO฀MODE]฀will฀

automatically฀switch฀to฀[ECO1]*.฀The฀projector฀will฀return฀to฀the฀[OFF]฀once฀a฀signal฀is฀accepted.

•฀If฀the฀projector฀is฀overheated฀in฀[OFF]฀mode,฀there฀may฀be฀a฀case฀where฀the฀[ECO฀MODE]฀automatically฀changes฀to฀[ECO1]*฀mode฀

to฀protect฀the฀projector.฀When฀the฀projector฀is฀in฀[ECO1]*฀mode,฀the฀picture฀brightness฀decreases.฀When฀the฀projector฀comes฀

back฀to฀normal฀temperature,฀the฀[ECO฀MODE]฀returns฀to฀[OFF]฀mode.

฀Thermometer฀symbol฀[฀฀]฀indicates฀the฀[ECO฀MODE]฀is฀automatically฀set฀to฀[ECO1]*฀mode฀because฀the฀internal฀temperature฀is฀

too฀high.

฀*฀[ECO2]฀on฀M300X,฀M260X,฀and฀M260XS฀only

Checking Energy-Saving Effect [CARBON METER]

This฀feature฀will฀show฀energy-saving฀effect฀in฀terms฀of฀CO

฀emission฀reduction฀(kg)฀when฀the฀projector’s฀[ECO฀MODE]฀

is฀set฀to฀[AUTO฀ECO],฀[ECO1],฀or฀[ECO2].฀This฀feature฀is฀called฀as฀[CARBON฀METER].

There฀are฀two฀messages:฀[TOTAL฀CARBON฀SAVINGS]฀and฀[CARBON฀SAVINGS-SESSION].฀The฀[TOTAL฀CARBON฀

SAVINGS]฀message฀shows฀the฀total฀amount฀of฀CO

฀emission฀reduction฀from฀the฀time฀of฀shipment฀up฀to฀now.฀You฀can฀

check฀the฀information฀on฀[USAGE฀TIME]฀from฀[INFO.]฀of฀the฀menu.฀(฀page฀

94)

The฀[CARBON฀SAVINGS-SESSION]฀message฀shows฀the฀amount฀of฀CO

฀emission฀reduction฀between฀the฀time฀of฀

changing฀to฀ECO฀MODE฀immediately฀after฀the฀time฀of฀power-on฀and฀the฀time฀of฀power-off.฀The฀[CARBON฀SAVINGS-

SESSION]฀message฀will฀be฀displayed฀in฀the฀[POWER฀OFF/฀ARE฀YOU฀SURE?]฀message฀at฀the฀time฀of฀power-off.

TIP:

•฀The฀formula฀as฀shown฀below฀is฀used฀to฀calculate฀the฀amount฀of฀CO

฀emission฀reduction.

฀Amount฀of฀CO

฀emission฀reduction฀=฀(Power฀consumption฀in฀OFF฀for฀ECO฀MODE฀−฀Power฀consumption฀in฀AUTO฀ECO/ECO1/ECO2฀

for฀ECO฀MODE)฀×฀CO

฀conversion฀factor.*฀When฀the฀image฀is฀turned฀off฀with฀the฀AV฀MUTE฀button฀or฀with฀the฀lens฀cover฀closed,฀

the฀amount฀of฀CO

฀emmission฀reduction฀will฀also฀increase.

฀*฀฀Calculation฀for฀amount฀of฀CO

฀emission฀reduction฀is฀based฀on฀an฀OECD฀publication฀“CO

฀Emissions฀from฀Fuel฀Combustion,฀2008฀

Edition”.

•฀The฀[TOTAL฀CARBON฀SAVINGS]฀is฀calculated฀based฀on฀savings฀recorded฀in฀15฀minutes฀intervals.

•฀This฀formula฀will฀not฀apply฀to฀the฀power฀consumption฀which฀is฀not฀affected฀by฀whether฀[ECO฀MODE]฀is฀turned฀on฀or฀off.

3. Convenient Features



Preventing the Unauthorized Use of the Projector [SECURITY]

A฀keyword฀can฀be฀set฀for฀your฀projector฀using฀the฀Menu฀to฀avoid฀operation฀by฀an฀unauthorized฀user.฀When฀a฀keyword฀

is฀set,฀turning฀on฀the฀projector฀will฀display฀the฀Keyword฀input฀screen.฀Unless฀the฀correct฀keyword฀is฀entered,฀the฀pro-

jector฀cannot฀project฀an฀image.฀

•฀The฀[SECURITY]฀setting฀cannot฀be฀cancelled฀by฀using฀the฀[RESET]฀of฀the฀menu.

To฀enable฀the฀Security฀function:

1.฀Press฀the฀MENU฀button.

The menu will be displayed.

2.฀Press฀the฀฀button฀twice฀to฀select฀[SETUP]฀and฀press฀the฀฀button฀or฀the฀ENTER฀button฀to฀select฀[GEN-

ERAL].

3.฀Press฀the฀฀button฀to฀select฀[INSTALLATION].

4.฀Press฀the฀฀button฀three฀times฀to฀select฀[SECURITY]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

The OFF/ON menu will be displayed.

5.฀฀Press฀the฀฀button฀to฀select฀[ON]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

The [SECURITY KEYWORD] screen will be displayed.

6.฀Type฀in฀a฀combination฀of฀the฀four฀฀buttons฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

NOTE:฀A฀keyword฀must฀be฀4฀to฀10฀digits฀in฀length.

The [CONFIRM KEYWORD] screen will be displayed.

3. Convenient Features

7.฀Type฀in฀the฀same฀combination฀of฀฀buttons฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

The conﬁrmation screen will be displayed.

8.฀Select฀[YES]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

The SECURITY function has been enabled.

To฀turn฀on฀the฀projector฀when฀[SECURITY]฀is฀enabled:

1.฀Press฀the฀POWER฀button.

฀The฀projector฀will฀be฀turned฀on฀and฀display฀a฀message฀to฀the฀effect฀that฀the฀projector฀is฀locked.

2.฀Press฀the฀MENU฀button.

3.฀Type฀in฀the฀correct฀keyword฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.฀The฀projector฀will฀display฀an฀image.

NOTE:฀The฀security฀disable฀mode฀is฀maintained฀until฀the฀main฀power฀is฀turned฀off฀or฀unplugging฀the฀power฀cord.

3. Convenient Features

To฀disable฀the฀SECURITY฀function:

1.฀Press฀the฀MENU฀button.

The menu will be displayed.

2.฀฀Select฀[SETUP]฀฀[INSTALLATION]฀฀[SECURITY]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

The OFF/ON menu will be displayed.

3.฀Select฀[OFF]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

The SECURITY KEYWORD screen will be displayed.

4.฀Type฀in฀your฀keyword฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

฀When฀the฀correct฀keyword฀is฀entered,฀the฀SECURITY฀function฀will฀be฀disabled.

NOTE:฀If฀you฀forget฀your฀keyword,฀contact฀your฀dealer.฀Your฀dealer฀will฀provide฀you฀with฀your฀keyword฀in฀exchange฀for฀your฀request฀

code.฀Your฀request฀code฀is฀displayed฀in฀the฀Keyword฀Conrmation฀screen.฀In฀this฀example฀[NB52-YGK8-2VD6-K585-JNE6-EYA8]฀

is฀a฀request฀code.

3. Convenient Features

 Using the Computer Cable (VGA) to Operate the Pro-

jector (Virtual Remote Tool)

Using฀the฀utility฀software฀“Virtual฀Remote฀Tool”฀included฀on฀the฀companion฀NEC฀Projector฀CD-ROM,฀Virtual฀Remote฀

screen฀(Remote฀Control฀Window฀or฀toolbar)฀can฀be฀displayed฀on฀your฀computer฀screen.

This฀will฀help฀you฀perform฀operations฀such฀as฀projector’s฀power฀on฀or฀off฀and฀signal฀selection฀via฀the฀computer฀cable฀

(VGA),฀serial฀cable,฀or฀LAN฀connection.฀Only฀via฀serial฀or฀LAN฀connection฀it฀is฀also฀used฀to฀send฀an฀image฀to฀the฀

projector฀and฀register฀it฀as฀the฀logo฀data฀of฀the฀projector.฀After฀registering฀it,฀you฀can฀lock฀the฀logo฀to฀prevent฀it฀from฀

changing.

Control Functions

Power฀On/Off,฀signal฀selection,฀picture฀freeze,฀picture฀mute,฀audio฀mute*,฀Logo฀transfer฀to฀the฀projector,฀and฀remote฀

control฀operation฀on฀your฀PC.

NOTE:

*฀Audio฀mute฀function฀is฀not฀available฀on฀M420XV.

Virtual฀Remote฀screen

Remote฀Control฀Window฀Toolbar

This฀section฀provides฀an฀outline฀of฀preparation฀for฀use฀of฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool.

For฀information฀on฀how฀to฀use฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool,฀see฀Help฀of฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool.฀(฀page฀

40)

Step฀1:฀Install฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool฀on฀the฀computer.฀(฀page฀36)

Step฀2:฀Connect฀the฀projector฀to฀the฀computer.฀(฀page฀38)

Step฀3:฀Start฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool.฀(฀page฀39)

TIP:

•฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool฀can฀be฀used฀with฀a฀LAN฀and฀a฀serial฀connection.

•฀For฀update฀information฀on฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool,฀visit฀our฀website:฀

http://www.nec-display.com/dl/en/index.html

3. Convenient Features

NOTE:

•฀When฀[COMPUTER฀1]฀is฀selected฀from฀your฀source฀selection,฀the฀Virtual฀Remote฀screen฀or฀the฀toolbar฀will฀be฀displayed฀as฀well฀

as฀your฀computer฀screen.

•฀Use฀the฀supplied฀computer฀cable฀(VGA)฀to฀connect฀the฀COMPUTER฀1฀IN฀connector฀directly฀with฀the฀monitor฀output฀connector฀of฀

the฀computer฀to฀use฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool.

฀Using฀a฀switcher฀or฀other฀cables฀than฀the฀supplied฀computer฀cable฀(VGA)฀may฀cause฀failure฀in฀signal฀communication.

฀VGA฀cable฀connector:

฀Pin฀Nos.฀12฀and฀15฀are฀required฀for฀DDC/CI.

•฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool฀may฀not฀work฀depending฀on฀your฀computer’s฀specications฀and฀version฀of฀graphic฀adapters฀or฀drivers.

•฀To฀run฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool฀on฀Windows฀XP฀Home฀Edition฀and฀Windows฀XP฀Professional,฀“Microsoft฀.NET฀Framework฀Version฀

2.0฀or฀later”฀is฀required.฀The฀Microsoft฀.NET฀Framework฀Version฀2.0฀or฀later฀is฀available฀from฀Microsoft’s฀web฀page.฀Download฀

and฀install฀the฀it฀on฀your฀computer.฀

•฀Logo฀data฀(graphics)฀that฀can฀be฀sent฀to฀the฀projector฀with฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool฀has฀the฀following฀restrictions:

฀(Only฀via฀serial฀or฀LAN฀connection)

-฀File฀size:฀64฀KB฀or฀less฀

-฀Image฀size฀(resolution):฀Horizontal฀699฀dots฀×฀vertical฀499฀dots฀or฀less

-฀Number฀of฀colors:฀256฀colors฀or฀less

•฀The฀logo฀data฀that฀is฀sent฀with฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool฀will฀be฀displayed฀at฀the฀center฀of฀the฀screen.฀Its฀surrounding฀will฀be฀painted฀

out฀in฀the฀same฀color฀as฀one฀for฀1฀dot฀at฀top฀left.

TIP:

•฀The฀projector’s฀COMPUTER฀1฀IN฀connector฀supports฀DDC/CI฀(Display฀Data฀Channel฀Command฀Interface).฀DDC/CI฀is฀a฀standard฀

interface฀for฀bidirectional฀communication฀between฀display/projector฀and฀computer.

Step 1: Install Virtual Remote Tool on the computer

NOTE:

•฀To฀install฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool,฀the฀Windows฀user฀account฀must฀have฀“Administrator”฀privilege฀(Windows฀7,฀Windows฀Vista฀and฀

Windows฀XP).฀

•฀Exit฀all฀running฀programs฀before฀installing฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool.฀If฀another฀program฀is฀running,฀the฀installation฀may฀not฀be฀com-

pleted.฀

1฀Insert฀the฀accompanying฀NEC฀Projector฀CD-ROM฀into฀your฀CD-ROM฀drive.

The menu window will be displayed.

3. Convenient Features

TIP:

If฀the฀menu฀window฀will฀not฀be฀displayed,฀try฀the฀following฀procedure.

For฀Windows฀7

1.฀Click฀“start”฀on฀Windows.

2.฀Click฀“All฀Programs”฀฀“Accessories”฀฀“Run”.

3.฀Type฀your฀CD-ROM฀drive฀name฀(example:฀“Q:\”)฀and฀“LAUNCHER.EXE”฀in฀“Name”.฀(example:฀Q:\

LAUNCHER.EXE)

4.฀Click฀“OK”.

the menu window will be displayed.

2฀Click฀“Install฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool”฀on฀the฀menu฀window.

The installation will start.

When the installation is complete, the Welcome window will be displayed.

3฀Click฀“Next”.

“END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT” screen will be displayed.

Read “END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT” carefully.

4฀If฀you฀agree,฀click฀“I฀accept฀the฀terms฀in฀the฀license฀agreement”฀and฀then฀click฀“Next”.

•฀Follow฀the฀instructions฀on฀the฀installer฀screens฀to฀complete฀the฀installation.

•฀When฀the฀installation฀is฀complete,฀you฀will฀return฀to฀the฀menu฀window.

3. Convenient Features

TIP:

Uninstalling฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool

Preparation:

Exit฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool฀before฀uninstalling.฀To฀uninstall฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool,฀the฀Windows฀user฀account฀must฀have฀

“Administrator”฀privilege฀(Windows฀7฀and฀Windows฀Vista)฀or฀“Computer฀Administrator”฀privilege฀(Windows฀XP).

•฀For฀Windows฀7/Windows฀Vista

1฀Click฀“Start”฀and฀then฀“Control฀Panel”.

The Control Panel window will be displayed.

2฀Click฀“Uninstall฀a฀program”฀under฀“Programs”

The “Programs and Features” window will be displayed.

3฀Select฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool฀and฀click฀it.

4฀Click฀“Uninstall/Change”฀or฀“Uninstall”.

฀•฀When฀the฀“User฀Account฀Control”฀windows฀is฀displayed,฀click฀“Continue”.

Follow the instructions on the screens to complete the uninstallation.

•฀For฀Windows฀XP

1฀Click฀“Start”฀and฀then฀“Control฀Panel”.

The Control Panel window will be displayed.

2฀Double-click฀“Add฀/฀Remove฀Programs”.

The Add / Remove Programs window will be displayed.

3฀Click฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool฀from฀the฀list฀and฀then฀click฀“Remove”.

Follow the instructions on the screens to complete the uninstallation.

Step 2: Connect the projector to the computer

1฀Use฀the฀supplied฀computer฀cable฀(VGA)฀to฀connect฀the฀COMPUTER฀1฀IN฀connector฀of฀the฀projector฀directly฀

with฀the฀monitor฀output฀connector฀of฀the฀computer.

2฀Connect฀the฀supplied฀power฀cord฀to฀the฀AC฀IN฀of฀the฀projector฀and฀the฀wall฀outlet.

The projector is in the standby condition.

COMPUTER 1 IN

TIP:

•฀When฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool฀starts฀for฀the฀rst฀time,฀“Easy฀Setup”฀window฀will฀be฀displayed฀to฀navigate฀your฀connections.

AC฀Input

Supplied computer cable (VGA)

 To wall outlet

Power cord (supplied)

3. Convenient Features

Step 3: Start Virtual Remote Tool

Start฀using฀the฀shortcut฀icon

•฀Double-click฀the฀shortcut฀icon฀

฀on฀the฀Windows฀Desktop.

Start from the Start menu

•฀Click฀[Start]฀฀[All฀Programs]฀or฀[Programs]฀฀[NEC฀Projector฀User฀Supportware]฀฀[Virtual฀Remote฀Tool]฀

฀[Virtual฀Remote฀Tool].

When Virtual Remote Tool starts for the ﬁrst time, “Easy Setup” window will be displayed.

Follow the instructions on the screens

When “Easy Setup” is completed, the Virtual Remote Tool screen will be displayed.

NOTE:

•฀When฀[POWER-SAVING]฀is฀selected฀for฀[STANDBY฀MODE]฀from฀the฀menu,฀the฀projector฀cannot฀be฀turned฀on฀via฀the฀computer฀

cable฀(VGA)฀or฀network฀(wired฀LAN/wireless฀LAN)฀connection.

TIP:

•฀The฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool฀screen฀(or฀Toolbar)฀can฀be฀displayed฀without฀displaying฀“Easy฀Setup”฀window.

฀To฀do฀so,฀click฀to฀place฀a฀check฀mark฀for฀“฀฀Do฀not฀use฀Easy฀Setup฀next฀time”฀on฀the฀screen฀at฀Step฀6฀in฀“Easy฀Setup”.

3. Convenient Features

Exiting฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool

1฀Click฀the฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool฀icon฀

฀on฀the฀Taskbar.

The pop-up menu will be displayed.

2฀Click฀“Exit”.

The Virtual Remote Tool will be closed.

Viewing฀the฀help฀le฀of฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool

•฀Displaying฀the฀help฀le฀using฀the฀taskbar

1฀Click฀the฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool฀icon฀

฀on฀the฀taskbar฀when฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool฀is฀running.

The pop-up menu will be displayed.

2.฀Click฀“Help”฀฀“Help...”.

The Help screen will be displayed.

•฀Displaying฀the฀help฀le฀using฀the฀Start฀Menu.

1.฀Click฀“Start”.฀“All฀programs”฀or฀“Programs”.฀“NEC฀Projector฀User฀Supportware”.฀“Virtual฀Remote฀Tool”.฀and฀

then฀“Virtual฀Remote฀Tool฀Help”฀in฀this฀order.

The Help screen will be displayed.

3. Convenient Features



Operating Your Computer’s Mouse Functions from the Projector’s

Remote Control via the USB Cable (Remote Mouse Function)

The฀built-in฀remote฀mouse฀function฀enables฀you฀to฀operate฀your฀computer’s฀mouse฀functions฀from฀the฀supplied฀remote฀

control฀when฀the฀projector฀is฀connected฀to฀a฀computer฀via฀a฀commercially฀available฀USB฀cable฀(compatible฀with฀USB฀

2.0฀specications).

The฀Remote฀Mouse฀function฀works฀for฀the฀COMPUTER฀1฀or฀COMPUTER฀2฀input฀while฀the฀computer฀screen฀is฀dis-

played.

The฀Remote฀Mouse฀function฀will฀not฀work฀while฀you฀freeze฀or฀magnify฀an฀image.

-฀Using฀the฀USB฀cable฀to฀connect฀the฀projector฀and฀the฀computer฀will฀also฀start฀USB฀Display฀function.

USB (PC)

NOTE:

•฀A฀USB฀cable฀must฀support฀the฀USB฀2.0฀Specications.

•฀The฀mouse฀function฀can฀be฀used฀with฀the฀following฀operating฀systems:

฀Windows฀7,฀Windows฀XP,฀or฀Windows฀Vista

•฀In฀SP2฀or฀older฀version฀of฀Windows฀XP,฀if฀the฀mouse฀cursor฀will฀not฀move฀correctly,฀do฀the฀following:

฀Clear฀the฀Enhance฀pointer฀precision฀check฀box฀underneath฀the฀mouse฀speed฀slider฀in฀the฀Mouse฀Properties฀dialog฀box฀[Pointer฀

Options฀tab].

•฀Wait฀at฀least฀5฀seconds฀after฀disconnecting฀the฀USB฀cable฀before฀reconnecting฀it฀and฀vice฀versa.฀The฀computer฀may฀not฀identify฀

the฀USB฀cable฀if฀it฀is฀repeatedly฀connected฀and฀disconnected฀in฀rapid฀intervals.

NOTE:

•฀Connect฀the฀projector฀to฀the฀computer฀with฀a฀USB฀cable฀after฀starting฀the฀computer.฀Failure฀to฀so฀may฀fail฀to฀start฀the฀computer.

Operating฀your฀computer’s฀mouse฀from฀the฀remote฀control

You฀can฀operate฀your฀computer’s฀mouse฀from฀the฀remote฀control.

PAGE / Button ...........................scrolls the viewing area of the window or to move to the previous or next slide in PowerPoint

on your computer.

 Buttons ..............................moves the mouse cursor on your computer.

MOUSE L-CLICK/ENTER Button ......works as the mouse left button.

MOUSE R-CLICK Button ..................works as the mouse right button.

NOTE:

•฀When฀you฀operate฀the฀computer฀using฀the฀฀or฀฀button฀with฀the฀menu฀displayed,฀both฀the฀menu฀and฀the฀mouse฀pointer฀

will฀be฀affected.฀Close฀the฀menu฀and฀perform฀the฀mouse฀operation.

TIP:฀You฀can฀change฀the฀Pointer฀speed฀on฀the฀Mouse฀Properties฀dialog฀box฀on฀the฀Windows.฀For฀more฀information,฀see฀the฀user฀

documentation฀or฀online฀help฀supplied฀with฀your฀computer.

USB cable (not supplied)

3. Convenient Features

 Projecting Your Computer’s Screen Image from the Projector

via the USB Cable (USB Display)

Using฀a฀commercially฀available฀USB฀cable฀(compatible฀with฀USB฀2.0฀specications)฀to฀connect฀the฀computer฀with฀the฀

projector฀allows฀you฀to฀send฀your฀computer฀screen฀image฀to฀the฀projector฀for฀displaying.฀Power฀On/Off฀and฀source฀

selection฀of฀the฀projector฀can฀be฀done฀from฀your฀computer฀without฀connecting฀a฀computer฀cable฀(VGA).

NOTE:

•฀To฀make฀USB฀DISPLAY฀available฀on฀Windows฀XP,฀the฀Windows฀user฀account฀must฀have฀“Administrator”฀privilege.

•฀USB฀Display฀uses฀functions฀of฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀contained฀on฀NEC฀Projector฀CD-ROM฀(฀page฀53).

฀Starting฀USB฀Display,฀however,฀will฀not฀install฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀on฀your฀computer.฀This฀is฀because฀USB฀Display฀executes฀

the฀projector's฀program฀only.฀

•฀USB฀Display฀will฀not฀work฀in฀[POWER-SAVING]฀of฀[STANDBY฀MODE].฀(฀page฀89)

1.฀Start฀the฀computer.

2.฀Connect฀the฀projector’s฀power฀cord฀to฀the฀wall฀outlet฀and฀put฀the฀projector฀into฀standby฀condition.

•฀Open฀the฀projector’s฀lens฀cover.

3.฀Use฀the฀USB฀cable฀to฀connect฀the฀computer฀with฀the฀projector.

USB (PC)

The message “The projector is in standby mode. Connect it?” will be displayed on the computer screen.

•฀The฀control฀window฀of฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀will฀be฀displayed฀on฀the฀top฀of฀the฀screen.

NOTE:฀Depending฀on฀the฀computer฀setting,฀the฀“AutoPlay”฀window฀may฀be฀displayed฀when฀the฀

computer฀detects฀the฀connection฀to฀the฀projector.฀If฀this฀happens,฀click฀the฀“Start฀USB฀Display”฀

window.

4.฀Click฀“Yes”.

The projector will turn on and the message “The projector is getting ready. Please wait.” will be displayed on the

computer screen. This message will disappear in a few seconds.

USB cable (not supplied)

 To wall outlet

Power cord (supplied)

3. Convenient Features

5.฀Operate฀the฀control฀window.

(1) (Source) ..... Selects an input source of the projector.

(2)

(Picture) .... Turns on or off the AV-MUTE (Picture mute), FREEZE (Freeze a picture), and Geometric Correction Tool

(GCT) functions.

(3)

(Sound) ..... Turns on or off AV-MUTE (Sound mute), play the sound and turns up or down the volume.

* The “Sound” function is not available on M420XV.

(4)

(Others) ..... Uses “Update”, “HTTP Server”*, “Settings” and “Information”.

* The HTTP Server cannot be selected when a USB cable is connected.

(5)

(Exit) .......... Exit Image Express Utility Lite. You can also turn off the projector at the same time.

(6)

(Help) ........... Displays the help of Image Express Utility Lite.

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)(6)

3. Convenient Features

 Controlling the Projector by Using an HTTP Browser

Overview

The฀HTTP฀Server฀function฀provides฀settings฀and฀operations฀for:

1.฀Setting฀for฀wired/wireless฀network฀(NETWORK฀SETTINGS)

To use wireless LAN connection, the optional USB Wireless LAN Unit is required. ( page 111)

To use wired/wireless LAN connection, connect the projector to the computer with a commercially available LAN

cable. (

 page 110)

2.฀Setting฀Alert฀Mail฀(ALERT฀MAIL)

฀When฀the฀projector฀is฀connected฀to฀a฀wired/wireless฀network,฀lamp฀replace฀time฀or฀error฀messages฀will฀be฀sent฀via฀

e-mail.

3.฀Operating฀the฀projector

Power on/off, selecting input, volume control and picture adjustments are possible.

4.฀Setting฀PJLink฀PASSWORD฀and฀AMX฀BEACON

This฀device฀uses฀“JavaScript”฀and฀“Cookies”฀and฀the฀browser฀should฀be฀set฀to฀accept฀these฀functions.฀The฀setting฀

method฀will฀vary฀depending฀on฀the฀version฀of฀browser.฀Please฀refer฀to฀the฀help฀les฀and฀the฀other฀information฀provided฀

in฀your฀software.

Two฀ways฀of฀access฀to฀the฀HTTP฀server฀function฀are฀available:

•฀Start฀the฀Web฀browser฀on฀the฀computer฀via฀the฀network฀connected฀to฀the฀projector฀and฀enter฀the฀following฀

URL฀:

฀http://<the฀projector’s฀IP฀address>฀/index.html

•฀Use฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀contained฀on฀the฀supplied฀NEC฀Projector฀CD-ROM.

TIP:฀The฀factory฀setting฀IP฀address฀is฀[DHCP฀ON].

NOTE:

•฀To฀use฀the฀projector฀in฀a฀network,฀consult฀with฀your฀network฀administrator฀about฀network฀settings.

•฀The฀display’s฀or฀button’s฀response฀can฀be฀slowed฀down฀or฀operation฀may฀not฀be฀accepted฀depending฀the฀settings฀of฀your฀net-

work.

฀Should฀this฀happen,฀consult฀your฀network฀administrator.฀The฀projector฀may฀not฀respond฀if฀its฀buttons฀are฀repeatedly฀pressed฀in฀

rapid฀intervals.฀Should฀this฀happen,฀wait฀a฀moment฀and฀repeat.฀If฀you฀still฀can’t฀get฀any฀response,฀turn฀off฀and฀back฀on฀the฀projec-

tor.

•฀If฀the฀PROJECTOR฀NETWORK฀SETTINGS฀screen฀does฀not฀appear฀in฀the฀web฀browser,฀press฀the฀Ctrl+F5฀keys฀to฀refresh฀your฀web฀

browser฀(or฀clear฀the฀cache).

Preparation before Use

Connect฀the฀projector฀to฀a฀commercially฀available฀LAN฀cable฀before฀engaging฀in฀browser฀operations.฀(฀page฀

110)

Operation฀with฀a฀browser฀that฀uses฀a฀proxy฀server฀may฀not฀be฀possible฀depending฀on฀the฀type฀of฀proxy฀server฀and฀the฀

setting฀method.฀Although฀the฀type฀of฀proxy฀server฀will฀be฀a฀factor,฀it฀is฀possible฀that฀items฀that฀have฀actually฀been฀set฀

will฀not฀be฀displayed฀depending฀on฀the฀effectiveness฀of฀the฀cache,฀and฀the฀contents฀set฀from฀the฀browser฀may฀not฀be฀

reected฀in฀operation.฀It฀is฀recommended฀that฀a฀proxy฀server฀not฀be฀used฀unless฀it฀is฀unavoidable.

3. Convenient Features

Handling of the Address for Operation via a Browser

Regarding฀the฀actual฀address฀that฀is฀entered฀for฀the฀address฀or฀entered฀to฀the฀URL฀column฀when฀operation฀of฀the฀pro-

jector฀is฀via฀a฀browser,฀the฀host฀name฀can฀be฀used฀as฀it฀is฀when฀the฀host฀name฀corresponding฀to฀the฀IP฀address฀of฀the฀

projector฀has฀been฀registered฀to฀the฀domain฀name฀server฀by฀a฀network฀administrator,฀or฀the฀host฀name฀corresponding฀

to฀the฀IP฀address฀of฀the฀projector฀has฀been฀set฀in฀the฀“HOSTS”฀le฀of฀the฀computer฀being฀used.

Example฀1:฀฀When฀the฀host฀name฀of฀the฀projector฀has฀been฀set฀to฀“pj.nec.co.jp”,฀access฀is฀gained฀to฀the฀network฀

setting฀by฀specifying

฀http://pj.nec.co.jp/index.html

for฀the฀address฀or฀the฀entry฀column฀of฀the฀URL.

Example฀2:฀฀When฀the฀IP฀address฀of฀the฀projector฀is฀“192.168.73.1”,฀access฀is฀gained฀to฀the฀network฀setting฀by฀

specifying

฀http://192.168.73.1/index.html

for฀the฀address฀or฀the฀entry฀column฀of฀the฀URL.

PROJECTOR ADJUSTMENT

POWER:฀This฀controls฀the฀power฀of฀the฀projector.

ON ......................... Power is switched on.

OFF ........................ Power is switched off.

VOLUME:฀This฀controls฀the฀volume฀of฀the฀projector.

 ........................... Increases the volume adjustment value.

 ........................... Decreases the volume adjustment value.

AV-MUTE:฀This฀controls฀the฀mute฀function฀of฀the฀projector.

PICTURE ON .......... Mutes the video.

PICTURE OFF ......... Cancels the video muting.

SOUND ON ............ Mutes the audio.

SOUND OFF ........... Cancels the audio muting.

ALL ON .................. Mutes each of the video, and audio functions.

ALL OFF ................. Cancels the muting of each of the video, and audio functions.

NOTE:

•฀The฀“SOUND฀OFF”,฀“SOUND฀ON”฀and฀“VOLUME”฀functions฀are฀not฀available฀on฀M420XV.

3. Convenient Features

PICTURE:฀Controls฀the฀video฀adjustment฀of฀the฀projector.

BRIGHTNESS  .... Increases the brightness adjustment value.

BRIGHTNESS  .... Decreases the brightness adjustment value.

CONTRAST  ........ Increases the contrast adjustment value.

CONTRAST  ........ Decreases the contrast adjustment value.

COLOR  .............. Increases the color adjustment value.

COLOR  .............. Decreases the color adjustment value.

HUE  ................... Increases the hue adjustment value.

HUE  ................... Decreases the hue adjustment value.

SHARPNESS  ..... Increases the sharpness adjustment value.

SHARPNESS  ..... Decreases the sharpness adjustment value.

•฀The฀functions฀that฀can฀be฀controlled฀will฀vary฀depending฀on฀the฀signal฀being฀input฀to฀the฀projector.฀(฀page฀

76)

SOURCE฀SELECT:฀This฀switches฀the฀input฀connector฀of฀the฀projector.

COMPUTER 1 ........ Switches to the COMPUTER 1 IN connector.

COMPUTER 2 ........ Switches to the COMPUTER 2 IN connector.

HDMI ..................... Switches to the HDMI IN connector.

VIDEO .................... Switches to the VIDEO IN connector.

S-VIDEO ................ Switches to the S-VIDEO IN connector.

VIEWER ................. Switches to the data on the USB memory device.

NETWORK ............. Switches to a LAN signal.

USB DISPLAY ........ Switches to the USB Port (PC).

PROJECTOR฀STATUS:฀This฀displays฀the฀condition฀of฀the฀projector.

LAMP LIFE REMAINING .....Displays the remaining life of the lamp as a percentage.

LAMP HOURS USED ...........Displays how many hours the lamp has been used.

FILTER HOURS USED .........Displays how many hours the ﬁlter has been used.

ERROR STATUS ..................Displays the status of errors occurring within the projector.

LOG฀OFF:฀Logging฀off฀your฀projector฀and฀returning฀to฀the฀authentication฀screen฀(LOGON฀screen).

3. Convenient Features

NETWORK SETTINGS

•฀SETTINGS

WIRED or WIRELESS

SETTINGSet฀for฀wired฀LAN฀or฀for฀wireless฀LAN.

APPLYApply฀your฀settings฀to฀wired฀LAN฀or฀wireless฀LAN.

DHCP฀ONAutomatically฀assign฀IP฀address,฀subnet฀mask,฀and฀gateway฀to฀the฀projector฀from฀your฀

DHCP฀server.

DHCP฀OFFSet฀IP฀address,฀subnet฀mask,฀and฀gateway฀to฀the฀projector฀assigned฀by฀your฀network฀

administrator.

IP฀ADDRESSSet฀your฀IP฀address฀of฀the฀network฀connected฀to฀the฀projector.

SUBNET฀MASKSet฀your฀subnet฀mask฀number฀of฀the฀network฀connected฀to฀the฀projector.

GATEWAYSet฀the฀default฀gateway฀of฀the฀network฀connected฀to฀the฀projector.

AUTO฀DNS฀ONDHCP฀server฀will฀automatically฀assign฀IP฀address฀of฀DNS฀server฀connected฀to฀the฀

projector.

AUTO฀DNS฀OFFSet฀your฀IP฀address฀of฀DNS฀server฀connected฀to฀the฀projector.

Setting฀for฀WIRED฀LAN

ENABLETurn฀on฀wired฀LAN฀connection

DISABLETurn฀off฀wired฀LAN฀connection

Setting฀for฀WIRELESS฀LAN฀(with฀the฀optional฀USB฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit฀equipped)฀

EASY฀CONNECTIONExecute฀a฀wireless฀LAN฀using฀EASY฀CONNECTION.

CHANNELSelect฀a฀channel.฀Available฀channels฀vary฀depending฀on฀the฀country฀and฀region.฀When฀

you฀select฀[INFRASTRUCTURE],฀make฀sure฀that฀the฀projector฀and฀your฀access฀point฀

are฀on฀the฀same฀channel;฀when฀you฀select฀[AD฀HOC],฀make฀sure฀that฀the฀projector฀and฀

your฀computer฀are฀on฀the฀same฀channel.

PROFILE฀1/PROFILE฀2Two฀settings฀can฀be฀set฀for฀wireless฀LAN฀connection.฀Select฀PROFILE฀1฀or฀PROFILE฀

SSID

Enter฀an฀identier฀(SSID)฀for฀wireless฀LAN.฀Communication฀can฀be฀done฀only฀with฀

equipment฀whose฀SSID฀matches฀SSID฀for฀your฀wireless฀LAN.

SITE฀SURVEYDisplays฀a฀list฀of฀available฀SSIDs฀for฀wireless฀LAN฀on฀site.฀Select฀an฀SSID฀which฀you฀

can access.

3. Convenient Features

NETWORK฀TYPESelect฀communication฀method฀when฀using฀wireless฀LAN.

INFRASTRUCTURE:฀Select฀this฀option฀when฀communicating฀with฀one฀or฀more฀equip-

ment฀connected฀to฀the฀wireless฀LAN฀network฀via฀a฀wireless฀access฀point.

AD฀HOC:฀Select฀this฀option฀when฀using฀the฀wireless฀LAN฀to฀directly฀communicate฀with฀

a฀computer฀in฀peer-to-peer฀mode.฀

SECURITY฀TYPE

Turn฀on฀or฀off฀the฀encryption฀mode฀for฀secure฀transmission.฀When฀turn฀on฀the฀encryp-

tion฀mode,฀set฀WEP฀key฀or฀encrypted฀key.

DISABLEWill฀not฀turn฀on฀the฀encryption฀feature.฀Your฀communications฀

may be monitored by someone.

WEP฀64฀bitUses฀64-bit฀datalength฀for฀secure฀transmission.

WEP฀128฀bitUses฀128-bit฀datalength฀for฀secure฀transmission.฀This฀option฀will฀

increase฀privacy฀and฀security฀when฀compared฀to฀use฀of฀64-bit฀

datalength฀encryption.

WPA฀PSK-TKIP/

WPA฀PSK-AES/

WPA2฀PSK-TKIP/

WPA2฀PSK-AES

These฀options฀provide฀stronger฀security฀than฀WEP.

NOTE:

•฀The฀WEP฀settings฀must฀be฀the฀same฀as฀communication฀devices฀such฀as฀PC฀or฀access฀point฀in฀

your฀wireless฀network.

•฀When฀you฀use฀WEP,฀your฀image฀transmission฀speed฀will฀slow฀down.

•฀[WPA฀PSK-TKIP],฀[WPA฀PSK-AES],฀[WPA2฀PSK-TKIP]฀and฀[WPA2฀PSK-AES]฀are฀not฀available฀

when฀[AD฀HOC]฀is฀selected฀from฀[NETWORK฀TYPE].

INDEXSelect฀encryption฀key฀when฀selecting฀[WEP฀64฀bit]฀or฀[WEP฀128฀bit]฀in฀[SECURITY฀

TYPE].

KEY

When฀selecting฀[WEP฀64฀bit]฀or฀[WEP฀128฀bit]฀in฀[SECURITY฀TYPE]:

Enter฀WEP฀key.

Select Characters฀(ASCII)Hexadecimal฀digit฀(HEX)

WEP฀64฀bitUp฀to฀5฀charactersUp฀to฀10฀characters

WEP฀128฀bitUp฀to฀13฀charactersUp฀to฀26฀characters

When฀selecting฀[WPA฀PSK-TKIP],฀[WPA฀PSK-AES],฀[WPA2฀PSK-TKIP]฀or฀[WPA2฀

PSK-AES]:

Enter฀encryption฀key.฀Key฀length฀must฀be฀8฀or฀greater฀and฀63฀or฀less.

•฀NAME

PROJECTOR฀NAMEEnter฀a฀name฀for฀your฀projector฀so฀that฀your฀computer฀can฀identify฀the฀projector.฀A฀

projector฀name฀must฀be฀16฀characters฀or฀less.฀

TIP:฀Projector฀name฀will฀not฀be฀affected฀even฀when฀[RESET]฀is฀done฀from฀the฀menu.

HOST฀NAMEEnter฀the฀hostname฀of฀the฀network฀connected฀to฀the฀projector.฀A฀host฀name฀must฀be฀

15 or less.

DOMAIN฀NAMEEnter฀the฀domain฀name฀of฀the฀network฀connected฀to฀the฀projector.฀A฀domain฀name฀

must be 60 characters or less.

3. Convenient Features

•฀ALERT฀MAIL

ALERT฀MAIL฀(English฀

only)

This฀option฀will฀notify฀your฀computer฀of฀lamp฀replace฀time฀or฀error฀messages฀via฀e-mail฀

when฀using฀wireless฀or฀wired฀LAN.฀

Placing฀a฀checkmark฀will฀turn฀on฀the฀Alert฀Mail฀feature.

Clearing฀a฀checkmark฀will฀turn฀off฀the฀Alert฀Mail฀feature.

Sample฀of฀a฀message฀to฀be฀sent฀from฀the฀projector:

The฀lamp฀and฀lters฀are฀at฀the฀end฀of฀its฀usable฀life.฀Please฀replace฀the฀lamp฀and฀

lters.

Projector฀Name:฀NEC฀Projector

Lamp฀Hours฀Used:฀100฀[H]

SENDER’S฀ADDRESSEnter฀sender’s฀address.฀

SMTP฀SERVER฀NAMEEnter฀the฀SMTP฀server฀name฀to฀be฀connected฀to฀the฀projector.

RECIPIENT’S฀ADDRESS฀

1,2,3

Enter฀your฀recipient’s฀address.฀Up฀to฀three฀addresses฀can฀be฀entered.

TEST฀MAIL

Send฀a฀test฀mail฀to฀check฀whether฀your฀settings฀are฀correct฀or฀not

NOTE:

•฀If฀you฀execute฀a฀test,฀you฀may฀not฀receive฀an฀Alert฀mail.฀Should฀this฀happen,฀check฀if฀network฀

settings฀are฀correct.

•฀If฀you฀entered฀an฀incorrect฀address฀in฀a฀test,฀you฀may฀not฀receive฀an฀Alert฀mail.฀Should฀this฀

happen,฀check฀if฀the฀Recipient’s฀Address฀is฀correct.

SAVEClick฀this฀button฀to฀reect฀the฀above฀settings.

•฀NETWORK฀SERVICE

PJLink฀PASSWORDSet฀a฀password฀for฀PJLink*.฀A฀password฀must฀be฀32฀characters฀or฀less.฀Do฀not฀forget฀

your฀password.฀However,฀if฀you฀forget฀your฀password,฀consult฀with฀your฀dealer.

HTTP฀PASSWORDSet฀a฀password฀for฀HTTP฀server.฀A฀password฀must฀be฀10฀characters฀or฀less.

AMX฀BEACONTurn฀on฀or฀off฀for฀detection฀from฀AMX฀Device฀Discovery฀when฀connecting฀to฀the฀network฀

supported฀by฀AMX’s฀NetLinx฀control฀system.

TIP:

When฀using฀a฀device฀that฀supports฀AMX฀Device฀Discovery,฀all฀AMX฀NetLinx฀control฀system฀will฀rec-

ognize฀the฀device฀and฀download฀the฀appropriate฀Device฀Discovery฀Module฀from฀an฀AMX฀server.

Placing฀a฀checkmark฀will฀enable฀detecting฀the฀projector฀from฀AMX฀Device฀Discovery.

Clearing฀a฀checkmark฀will฀disable฀detecting฀the฀projector฀from฀AMX฀Device฀Discovery.

*What฀is฀PJLink?

PJLink฀is฀a฀standardization฀of฀protocol฀used฀for฀controlling฀projectors฀of฀different฀manufacturers.฀This฀standard฀proto-

col฀is฀established฀by฀Japan฀Business฀Machine฀and฀Information฀System฀Industries฀Association฀(JBMIA)฀in฀2005.

The฀projector฀supports฀all฀the฀commands฀of฀PJLink฀Class฀1.

Setting฀of฀PJLink฀will฀not฀be฀affected฀even฀when฀[RESET]฀is฀done฀from฀the฀menu.

•฀INFORMATION

WIRED฀LANDisplay฀a฀list฀of฀settings฀of฀wired฀LAN฀connection.

WIRELESS฀LANDisplay฀a฀list฀of฀settings฀of฀wireless฀LAN฀connection.

UPDATEReect฀settings฀when฀they฀are฀changed.

3. Convenient Features



Controlling the Projector over a LAN (PC Control Utility Pro 4)

Using฀the฀utility฀software฀“PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4”฀included฀on฀the฀companion฀NEC฀Projector฀CD-ROM,฀the฀projector฀

can฀be฀controlled฀from฀a฀computer฀over฀a฀LAN.

Control Functions

Power฀On/Off,฀signal฀selection,฀picture฀freeze,฀picture฀mute,฀audio฀mute*,฀adjusting,฀error฀message฀notication,฀

event฀schedule.

NOTE:

*฀Audio฀mute฀function฀is฀not฀available฀on฀M420XV.

Screen฀of฀PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4

This฀section฀provides฀an฀outline฀of฀preparation฀for฀use฀of฀PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4.฀For฀information฀on฀how฀to฀use฀PC฀

Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4,฀see฀Help฀of฀PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4.฀(฀page฀

52)

Step฀1:฀Install฀PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4฀on฀the฀computer.

Step฀2:฀Connect฀the฀projector฀to฀a฀LAN.฀(฀page฀52)

Step฀3:฀Start฀PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4.฀(฀page฀52)

•฀To฀run฀PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4฀on฀Windows฀XP฀Home฀Edition฀and฀Windows฀XP฀Professional,฀“Microsoft฀.NET฀

Framework฀Version฀2.0฀or฀later”฀is฀required.฀The฀Microsoft฀.NET฀Framework฀Version฀2.0฀or฀later฀is฀available฀from฀

Microsoft’s฀web฀page.฀Download฀and฀install฀the฀it฀on฀your฀computer.฀

TIP:

•฀PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4฀can฀be฀used฀with฀a฀serial฀connection.

Step 1: Install PC Control Utility Pro 4 on the computer

NOTE:

•฀To฀install฀or฀uninstall฀the฀program,฀the฀Windows฀user฀account฀must฀have฀[Administrator]฀privilege฀(Windows฀7,฀Windows฀Vista฀

and฀Windows฀XP)

•฀Exit฀all฀running฀programs฀before฀installation.฀If฀another฀program฀is฀running,฀the฀installation฀may฀not฀be฀completed.

1฀Insert฀the฀accompanying฀NEC฀Projector฀CD-ROM฀into฀your฀CD-ROM฀drive.

The menu window will be displayed.

3. Convenient Features

TIP:

If฀the฀menu฀window฀will฀not฀be฀displayed,฀try฀the฀following฀procedure.

For฀Windows฀7:

1.฀Click฀“start”฀on฀Windows.

2.฀Click฀“All฀Programs”฀฀“Accessories”฀฀“Run”.

3.฀Type฀your฀CD-ROM฀drive฀name฀(example:฀“Q:\”)฀and฀“LAUNCHER.EXE”฀in฀“Name”.฀(example:฀Q:\

LAUNCHER.EXE)

4.฀Click฀“OK”.

the menu window will be displayed.

2฀Click฀“PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4”฀on฀the฀menu฀window.

The installation will start.

When the installation is complete, the Welcome window will be displayed.

3฀Click฀“Next”.

“END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT” screen will be displayed.

Read “END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT” carefully.

4฀If฀you฀agree,฀click฀“I฀accept฀the฀terms฀in฀the฀license฀agreement”฀and฀then฀click฀“Next”.

•฀Follow฀the฀instructions฀on฀the฀installer฀screens฀to฀complete฀the฀installation.

•฀When฀the฀installation฀is฀complete,฀you฀will฀return฀to฀the฀menu฀window.

TIP:

•฀Uninstalling฀PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4

To฀uninstall฀PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4,฀do฀the฀same฀procedures฀stated฀as฀in฀“Uninstalling฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool”.฀Read฀“Virtual฀Remote฀

Tool”฀as฀“PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4”฀(฀page฀38)

3. Convenient Features

Step 2: Connect the projector to a LAN.

Connect฀the฀projector฀to฀the฀LAN฀by฀following฀the฀instructions฀in฀“Connecting฀to฀a฀Wired฀LAN”฀(฀page฀

110),฀“Con-

necting฀to฀a฀Wireless฀LAN฀(Optional:฀NP02LM฀series)”฀(฀page฀111)฀and฀“9.฀Controlling฀the฀Projector฀by฀Using฀an฀

HTTP฀Browser”฀(฀page฀44)

Step 3: Start PC Control Utility Pro 4

Click฀“Start”฀฀“All฀programs”฀or฀“Programs”฀฀“NEC฀Projector฀User฀Supportware”฀฀“PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4”฀

“PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4”.

NOTE:

•฀For฀the฀Schedule฀function฀of฀the฀PC฀Control฀utility฀Pro฀4฀to฀work,฀you฀must฀have฀your฀computer฀running฀and฀not฀in฀standby/

sleep฀mode.฀Select฀“Power฀Options”฀from฀the฀“Control฀Panel”฀in฀Windows฀and฀disable฀its฀standby/sleep฀mode฀before฀running฀the฀

scheduler.

[Example]฀For฀Windows฀7:

Select฀“Control฀Panel”฀฀“System฀and฀Security”฀฀“Power฀Options”฀฀“Change฀when฀the฀computer฀sleeps”฀฀“Put฀the฀computer฀

to฀sleep”฀฀“Never”.฀

NOTE:

•฀When฀[POWER-SAVING]฀is฀selected฀for฀[STANDBY฀MODE]฀from฀the฀menu,฀the฀projector฀cannot฀be฀turned฀on฀via฀the฀network฀

(wired฀LAN/wireless฀LAN)฀connection.

TIP:

Viewing฀the฀Help฀of฀PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4

•฀Displaying฀the฀Help฀le฀of฀PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4฀while฀it฀is฀running.

฀Click฀“Help฀(H)”฀

“Help (H) …” of window of PC Control Utility Pro 4 in this order.

The pop-up menu will be displayed.

•฀Displaying฀the฀help฀le฀using฀the฀Start฀Menu.

฀Click฀“Start”฀

“All programs” or “Programs”  “NEC Projector User Supportware”  “PC Control Utility Pro 4” 

“PC Control Utility Pro 4 Help”.

The Help screen will be displayed.

3. Convenient Features

 Projecting Your Computer’s Screen Image from the Projector

over a LAN (Image Express Utility Lite)

Using฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀contained฀on฀the฀supplied฀NEC฀Projector฀CD-ROM฀allows฀you฀to฀send฀the฀computer’s฀

screen฀image฀to฀the฀projector฀over฀a฀USB฀cable฀or฀a฀wired฀or฀wireless฀LAN.

This฀section฀will฀show฀you฀an฀outline฀about฀how฀to฀connect฀the฀projector฀to฀a฀LAN฀and฀to฀use฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀

Lite.฀For฀the฀operation฀of฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite,฀see฀the฀help฀of฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite.

Step฀1:฀install฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀on฀the฀computer.฀

Step฀2:฀Connect฀the฀projector฀to฀a฀LAN.฀(฀page฀

54)

Step฀3:฀Start฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite.฀(฀page฀54)

What You can Do with Image Express Utility Lite

•฀USB฀Display

•฀Computer’s฀screen฀image฀can฀be฀projected฀via฀a฀USB฀cable,฀without฀connecting฀a฀computer฀cable฀(VGA).

•฀Just฀connecting฀the฀computer฀and฀the฀projector฀over฀a฀USB฀cable฀will฀make฀the฀USB฀Display฀function฀available฀

(Plug฀&฀Play)฀even฀without฀installing฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀on฀the฀computer.฀(฀page฀

42)

•฀Image฀transmission

•฀The฀screen฀of฀your฀computer฀can฀be฀sent฀to฀the฀projector฀via฀a฀wired฀or฀wireless฀network฀without฀a฀computer฀cable฀

(VGA).

•฀By฀using฀“EASY฀CONNECTION”฀function,฀the฀complicated฀network฀settings฀can฀be฀simplied฀and฀the฀computer฀

will฀automatically฀connect฀to฀the฀projector.

•฀The฀screen฀of฀your฀computer฀can฀be฀sent฀to฀up฀to฀four฀projectors฀at฀the฀same฀time.

•฀Geometric฀Correction฀Tool฀(GCT)

See฀“⓬฀Projecting฀an฀Image฀from฀an฀Angle฀(Geometric฀Correction฀Tool฀in฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite)”.

Step 1: install Image Express Utility Lite on the computer.

NOTE:

•฀To฀install฀or฀uninstall฀the฀program,฀the฀Windows฀user฀account฀must฀have฀“Administrator”฀privilege฀(Windows฀7,฀Windows฀Vista฀

and฀Windows฀XP).฀

•฀Exit฀all฀running฀programs฀before฀installation.฀If฀another฀program฀is฀running,฀the฀installation฀may฀not฀be฀completed.฀

•฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀will฀be฀installed฀to฀the฀system฀drive฀of฀your฀computer.

฀If฀the฀message฀“There฀is฀not฀enough฀free฀space฀on฀destination”฀is฀displayed,฀free฀up฀enough฀space฀(about฀100฀MB)฀to฀install฀the฀

program.

1.฀Insert฀the฀accompanying฀NEC฀Projector฀CD-ROM฀into฀your฀CD-ROM฀drive.

The menu window will be displayed.

3. Convenient Features

TIP:

If฀the฀menu฀window฀will฀not฀be฀displayed,฀try฀the฀following฀procedure.

For฀Windows฀7:

1.฀Click฀“start”฀on฀Windows.

2.฀Click฀“All฀Programs”฀฀“Accessories”฀฀“Run”.

3.฀Type฀your฀CD-ROM฀drive฀name฀(example:฀“Q:\”)฀and฀“LAUNCHER.EXE”฀฀in฀“Name”.฀(example:฀Q:\

LAUNCHER.EXE)

4.฀Click฀“OK”.

The menu window will be displayed.

2.฀Click฀“Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite”฀on฀the฀menu฀window.

The installation will start.

“END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT” screen will be displayed.

Read “END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT” carefully

3.฀If฀you฀agree,฀click฀“I฀agree.”฀and฀then฀click฀“Next”.฀

•฀Follow฀the฀instructions฀on฀the฀installer฀screens฀to฀complete฀the฀installation.฀

•฀When฀the฀installation฀is฀complete,฀you฀will฀return฀to฀the฀menu฀window.

When the installation is complete, a completion message will be displayed.

4.฀Click฀“OK”.

This completes the installation.

TIP:

•฀Uninstalling฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite

To฀uninstall฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite,฀do฀the฀same฀procedures฀stated฀as฀in฀“Uninstalling฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool”.฀Read฀“Virtual฀Remote฀

Tool”฀as฀“Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite”฀(฀page฀38)

Step 2: Connect the projector to a LAN.

Connect฀the฀projector฀to฀the฀LAN฀by฀following฀the฀instructions฀in฀“Connecting฀to฀a฀Wired฀LAN”฀(฀page฀

110),฀“Con-

necting฀to฀a฀Wireless฀LAN฀(Optional:฀NP02LM฀series)”฀(฀page฀111)฀and฀“9.฀Controlling฀the฀Projector฀by฀Using฀an฀

HTTP฀Browser”฀(฀page฀44)

Step 3: Start Image Express Utility Lite.

1.฀On฀Windows,฀click฀“Start”฀฀“All฀programs”฀฀“NEC฀Projector฀UserSupportware”฀฀“Image฀Express฀Utility฀

Lite”฀฀“Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite”.

Image Express Utility Lite will start.

฀The฀select฀window฀for฀network฀connection฀will฀be฀displayed

2.฀Select฀Network฀and฀click฀“OK”.

The select window for destination will show a list of connectable projectors.

•฀When฀connecting฀the฀computer฀directly฀to฀the฀projector฀by฀one-to-one,฀“Easy฀Connection”฀is฀recommended.

•฀When฀one฀or฀more฀networks฀for฀“EASY฀CONNECTION”฀are฀found,฀the฀“Easy฀Connection฀Selection฀Screen”฀

window฀will฀be฀displayed.

•฀To฀check฀for฀the฀network฀available฀for฀connected฀projectors,฀from฀the฀menu,฀select฀[INFO.]฀฀[WIRELESS฀

LAN]฀฀[SSID].

3. Convenient Features

3.฀Select฀the฀projector฀you฀wish฀to฀connect,฀and฀click฀“Connect”.

The target selection window will be displayed.

4.฀Place฀a฀check฀mark฀for฀projectors฀to฀be฀connected,฀and฀then฀click฀“Connect”.

•฀When฀one฀or฀more฀projectors฀are฀displayed,฀from฀the฀menu฀on฀the฀projector,฀select฀[INFO.]฀

[WIRELESS LAN]

 [IP ADDRESS].

When connecting with the projector is establised, you can operate the control window to control the projector. (



page 43)

NOTE:

•฀When฀[POWER-SAVING]฀is฀selected฀for฀[STANDBY฀MODE]฀from฀the฀menu,฀the฀projector฀that฀is฀turned฀off฀will฀not฀be฀displayed฀

in฀the฀select฀window฀for฀destination

TIP:

Viewing฀the฀Help฀of฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite

•฀Displaying฀the฀Help฀le฀of฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀while฀it฀is฀running.

฀Click฀the฀[?]฀(help)฀icon฀on฀the฀control฀window.

The Help screen will be displayed.

•฀Displaying฀the฀Help฀le฀of฀GCT฀while฀it฀is฀running.

฀Click฀“Help฀(C)”฀

“Help” on the Cornerstone Edit screen.

The Help screen will be displayed.

•฀Displaying฀the฀help฀le฀using฀the฀Start฀Menu.

฀Click฀“Start”฀

“All programs” or “Programs”  “NEC Projector User Supportware”  “Image Express Utility Lite”

 “Image Express Utility Lite Help”.

The Help screen will be displayed.

3. Convenient Features

 Projecting an Image from an Angle (Geometric Correction Tool

in Image Express Utility Lite)

The฀Geometric฀Correction฀Tool฀(GCT)฀function฀allows฀you฀to฀correct฀distortion฀of฀images฀projected฀even฀from฀an฀

angle.฀

What you can do with GCT

•฀The฀GCT฀feature฀includes฀the฀following฀three฀functions

•฀4-point฀Correction:฀You฀can฀t฀a฀projected฀image฀within฀the฀border฀of฀the฀screen฀easily฀by฀align฀the฀four฀corners฀

of฀an฀image฀to฀the฀ones฀of฀the฀screen.

•฀Multi-point฀Correction:฀You฀can฀correct฀a฀distorted฀image฀on฀the฀corner฀of฀a฀wall฀or฀irregular฀shaped฀screen฀

by฀using฀many฀separated฀screens฀to฀correct฀the฀image฀as฀well฀as฀4-point฀Correction.

•฀Parameters Correction:฀You฀can฀correct฀a฀distorted฀image฀by฀using฀a฀combination฀of฀transformational฀rules฀

prepared฀in฀advance.

This฀section฀will฀show฀an฀example฀for฀use฀with฀4-point฀Correction.

For฀information฀about฀“Multi-point฀Correction”฀and฀“Parameters฀Correction”,฀see฀the฀help฀le฀of฀Image฀Express฀

Utility฀Lite.฀(฀page฀

55)฀

•฀Your฀correction฀data฀can฀be฀stored฀in฀the฀projector฀or฀your฀computer฀which฀can฀be฀restored฀when฀necessary.

•฀The฀GCT฀function฀is฀available฀with฀a฀USB฀cable,฀wired฀or฀wireless฀LAN฀connection,฀and฀video฀cable.฀

Projecting an Image from an Angle (GCT)

This฀section฀will฀show฀an฀example฀for฀use฀with฀USB฀Display฀(using฀a฀USB฀cable฀to฀connect฀a฀computer฀and฀the฀pro-

jector).

•

฀The฀USB฀Display฀function฀will฀automatically฀display฀the฀control฀window฀

•฀For฀a฀video฀cable฀or฀LAN฀connection,฀install฀and฀start฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀in฀your฀computer฀beforehand.฀(

page฀

43)

Preparation:฀Adjust฀the฀projector฀position฀or฀the฀zoom฀so฀that฀the฀projected฀image฀can฀cover฀the฀whole฀screen฀area.

1.฀Click฀the฀“฀

฀”฀(Video)฀icon฀and฀then฀the฀“฀฀”฀button.

The “4-point Correction” screen will be displayed.

2.฀Click฀the฀“Start฀Correction”฀button฀and฀then฀“Start฀4-point฀Correction”฀button.

A green frame and a mouse pointer ( ) will be displayed.

•฀Four฀[฀•฀]฀marks฀will฀be฀appeared฀at฀four฀corners฀of฀the฀green฀frame

3. Convenient Features

3.฀Use฀the฀mouse฀to฀click฀the฀[

• ]฀mark฀of฀which฀corner฀you฀wish฀to฀move.

The currently selected [ •฀]฀mark฀will฀turn฀red.

(In the above example, Windows screens are omitted for clariﬁcation.)

4.฀Drag฀the฀selected฀[ • ]฀mark฀to฀the฀point฀you฀wish฀to฀correct฀and฀drop฀it.

•฀When฀you฀click฀somewhere฀within฀the฀project฀image฀area,฀the฀nearest฀[฀•฀]฀mark฀will฀go฀to฀the฀position฀where฀

the mouse cursor is.

5.฀Repeat฀Step฀3฀and฀4฀to฀correct฀the฀distortion฀of฀the฀projected฀image.

6.฀After฀completing,฀right-click฀the฀mouse.

The green frame and the mouse pointer will disappear from the projected image area. This will complete the cor-

rection.

7.฀Click฀the฀“X”฀(close)฀button฀on฀the฀“4-point฀Correction”฀screen.

฀The฀“4-point฀Correction”฀screen฀will฀disappear฀and฀the฀4-point฀correction฀will฀take฀effect.

8.฀Click฀the฀“฀

฀”฀button฀on฀the฀control฀window฀to฀exit฀the฀GCT.

TIP:

•฀After฀performing฀the฀4-point฀correction,฀you฀can฀save฀the฀4-point฀correction฀data฀to฀the฀projector฀by฀clicking฀“File”฀฀“Writing฀to฀

the฀projector…”฀on฀the฀“4-point฀Correction”฀screen.

•฀See฀the฀Help฀of฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀for฀operating฀“4-point฀Correction”฀screen฀and฀other฀functions฀than฀GCT.฀(฀page฀55)

4. Using the Viewer

❶ What you can do with the Viewer

The฀Viewer฀has฀the฀following฀features.

•฀When฀a฀commercially฀available฀USB฀memory฀that฀stores฀image฀les฀is฀inserted฀into฀the฀USB฀port฀(Type฀A)฀of฀the฀

projector,฀the฀Viewer฀allows฀you฀to฀view฀the฀image฀les฀on฀the฀USB฀memory.

฀Even฀if฀no฀computer฀is฀available,฀presentations฀can฀be฀conducted฀simply฀with฀the฀projector.฀

•฀Supported฀graphic฀format฀is฀JPEG.

•฀The฀Viewer฀displays฀the฀thumbnail฀screen฀(JPEG฀Exif฀only)฀on฀which฀you฀can฀jump฀to฀any฀specic฀image฀you฀wish฀

to฀project.

•฀There฀are฀two฀ways฀of฀playback฀for฀slideshow:฀manual฀playback฀and฀auto฀playback.฀The฀interval฀time฀can฀be฀

changed฀in฀auto฀playback.

•฀The฀order฀of฀displaying฀images฀can฀be฀set฀by฀name,฀date฀or฀size.฀Ascending฀or฀descending฀order฀can฀be฀se-

lected.

•฀Images฀can฀be฀rotated฀by฀90฀degrees฀during฀playback.

4. Using the Viewer

NOTE

•฀The฀USB฀port฀of฀the฀projector฀does฀not฀support฀USB฀hub.฀

•฀The฀following฀operations฀by฀using฀the฀buttons฀on฀the฀projector฀are฀not฀possible฀when฀the฀VIEWER฀screen฀such฀as฀the฀slide฀screen฀

and฀the฀thumbnail฀screen฀is฀displayed.

-฀Keystone฀correction฀by฀using฀the฀▲/▼฀button

-฀Auto฀Adjustment฀by฀using฀the฀◀฀or฀AUTO฀ADJ.฀button

-฀Volume฀control฀with฀the฀◀฀or฀▶฀button

฀To฀perform฀Keystone฀correction฀or฀Source฀selection฀during฀display฀of฀the฀Viewer,฀press฀the฀MENU฀button฀twice฀to฀display฀the฀

menu฀and฀operate฀Viewer฀from฀the฀menu.

•฀Freezing฀picture฀by฀using฀the฀FREEZE฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀is฀not฀possible฀when฀the฀VIEWER฀screen฀such฀as฀the฀slide฀

screen฀and฀the฀thumbnail฀screen฀is฀displayed.

•฀Executing฀[RESET]฀฀[ALL฀DATA]฀from฀the฀menu฀will฀return฀the฀settings฀for฀the฀Viewer฀toolbar฀to฀the฀factory฀default.

•฀USB฀memory

-฀Be฀sure฀to฀use฀a฀USB฀memory฀device฀formatted฀with฀the฀FAT32฀or฀FAT16฀le฀system.฀

฀The฀projector฀does฀not฀support฀NTFS฀formatted฀USB฀memory.

฀If฀the฀projector฀does฀not฀recognize฀your฀USB฀memory,฀check฀if฀the฀format฀is฀supported.

฀To฀format฀your฀USB฀memory฀in฀your฀computer,฀refer฀to฀the฀document฀or฀help฀le฀that฀comes฀with฀your฀Windows.

-฀We฀do฀not฀warrant฀that฀the฀USB฀port฀of฀the฀projector฀will฀support฀all฀USB฀memories฀in฀the฀market.

•฀Supported฀images

-฀Supported฀le฀format฀for฀Viewer฀are฀as฀follows.

฀We฀do฀not฀warrant฀all฀the฀images฀are฀supported฀for฀Viewer.

฀Images฀other฀than฀mentioned฀in฀the฀table฀may฀not฀be฀supported.

Image฀typeExtensionDescription

JPEGJPG/JPEG

Baseline/Exif฀are฀supported

-฀Slideshow,฀effect,฀and฀sound฀effect฀set฀with฀PowerPoint฀cannot฀be฀played฀back.

-฀Image฀can฀be฀displayed฀at฀a฀resolution฀up฀to฀10000฀×฀10000฀pixels.

-฀Even฀if฀images฀are฀met฀by฀the฀above฀conditions,฀there฀may฀be฀some฀images฀which฀cannot฀be฀played฀back.

-฀More฀than฀200฀icons฀(total฀number฀of฀image฀le฀icons฀and฀folder฀icons)฀cannot฀be฀displayed฀in฀a฀thumbnail฀screen.

-฀Long฀le/folder฀name฀will฀be฀limited฀to฀the฀specied฀length.฀This฀can฀be฀shown฀by฀bracket฀added.

-฀If฀one฀folder฀has฀many฀les,฀it฀takes฀some฀time฀to฀play฀back.

•฀If฀a฀single฀folder฀contains฀too฀many฀les,฀switching฀images฀will฀take฀time.฀To฀shorten฀switching฀time,฀reduce฀the฀number฀of฀images฀

contained฀in฀a฀single฀folder.

TIP:฀Exchangeable฀image฀le฀format฀(Exif)฀is฀a฀standard฀image฀le฀format฀used฀by฀digital฀cameras฀with฀the฀addition฀of฀specic฀

shooting฀data.

4. Using the Viewer

❷ Projecting images stored in a USB memory device

This฀section฀explains฀the฀basic฀operation฀of฀the฀Viewer.฀

The฀explanation฀provides฀the฀operational฀procedure฀when฀the฀Viewer฀toolbar฀(฀page฀64)฀is฀set฀to฀the฀factory฀de-

fault.

-฀Starting฀the฀Viewer .......................................................................below

-฀Removing฀the฀USB฀memory฀from฀the฀projector ....................... page฀62

-฀Exiting฀the฀Viewer..................................................................... page฀62

Preparation:฀Before฀starting฀the฀Viewer,฀store฀images฀to฀the฀USB฀memory฀using฀your฀computer.

WIRELESS

Starting the Viewer

1.฀Turn฀on฀the฀projector.฀(฀page฀

16)

2.฀Insert฀the฀USB฀memory฀into฀the฀USB฀port฀of฀the฀projec-

tor.

•฀Do฀not฀remove฀the฀USB฀memory฀from฀the฀projector฀while฀

it’s LED ﬂashes. Doing so may corrupt the data.

3.฀Press฀the฀SOURCE฀button฀on฀the฀projector฀cabinet.

The Viewer start screen will be displayed.

•฀Press฀the฀VIEWER฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control.

4. Using the Viewer

4.฀Press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

The thumbnail screen will be displayed. ( page 63)

5.฀Use฀the฀▲▼◀ or ▶฀button฀to฀select฀an฀icon.

•฀The฀

(arrow) symbol on the right indicates there are more

pages. pressing the PAGE ▽ (page down) button will show

the next page: pressing the PAGE

△ (page up) will show

the previous page.

6.฀Press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

The selected slide will be displayed.

•฀When฀a฀folder฀icon฀is฀selected,฀icons฀contained฀in฀the฀folder฀

will be displayed.

7.฀Press฀the฀▶฀button฀to฀select฀the฀next฀slide.

The slide on the right will be displayed.

•฀The฀◀ or ▶ button can be used to select the next (right)

slide or the previous (left) slide in the thumbnail screen.

•฀Pressing฀the฀MENU฀button฀during฀display฀of฀the฀thumbnail฀

screen, the slide screen, or the slideshow screen will display

the toolbar. The toolbar is used to select or rotate an slide.

( page 64)

8.฀Press฀the฀EXIT฀button฀when฀the฀toolbar฀is฀not฀dis-

played.

฀The฀thumbnail฀screen฀will฀be฀displayed.

•฀Another฀way฀to฀display฀the฀thumbnail฀screen฀is฀to฀press฀the฀

ENTER button.

•฀To฀close฀the฀toolbar,฀press฀the฀MENU฀button฀to฀return฀to฀the฀

SOURCE list, and press the MENU button again to close

the SOURCE list.

4. Using the Viewer

Removing the USB memory from the pro-

jector

1.฀Select฀the฀VIEWER฀start฀screen.

Press the EXIT button with no menu displayed.

2.฀Remove฀the฀USB฀memory฀from฀the฀projector.

฀Make฀sure฀that฀the฀LED฀on฀the฀USB฀memory฀is฀not฀

ﬂashing before removing the USB memory.

NOTE:฀If฀you฀remove฀the฀USB฀memory฀from฀the฀projector฀with฀

a฀slide฀displayed,฀the฀projector฀may฀not฀operate฀correctly.฀If฀

this฀happens,฀turn฀off฀the฀projector฀and฀unplug฀the฀power฀

cord.฀Wait฀3฀minutes,฀then฀connect฀the฀power฀cord,฀and฀turn฀

on฀the฀projector.

Exiting the Viewer

1.฀Press฀the฀MENU฀button฀with฀the฀slide฀screen฀or฀

the฀thumbnail฀screen฀displayed.

The control bar or the pop-up menu will be dis-

played.

2.฀฀Press฀the฀MENU฀button฀again.

The on-screen menu will be displayed.

3.฀Select฀a฀source฀other฀than฀[VIEWER]฀and฀press฀

the฀ENTER฀button.

The Viewer will be exited.

TIP:

฀To฀exit฀the฀Viewer฀using฀the฀remote฀control,฀select฀a฀source฀

other฀than฀[VIEWER].

WIRELESS

4. Using the Viewer

Parts of each screen

The฀Viewer฀has฀four฀screens.

(1) Viewer start screen (3) Thumbnail screen (9) Slide screen/

(11) Slideshow screen

Name Description

(1)฀Viewer฀start฀screenThis฀screen฀will฀be฀displayed฀rst฀when฀you฀select฀the฀Viewer.

(2)฀USB฀iconThis฀icon฀indicates฀that฀the฀USB฀memory฀is฀inserted฀into฀the฀projector.

(3)฀Thumbnail฀screenThis฀screen฀will฀show฀a฀list฀of฀folders฀and฀image฀les฀stored฀in฀the฀USB฀memory.฀The฀

JPEG฀Exif฀les฀will฀be฀displayed฀in฀thumbnail฀screen฀only.

•฀The฀maximum฀number฀of฀image฀les฀or฀folders฀within฀one฀page฀is฀different฀depending฀

on the model.

M350X, M300X, M260X, M230X, M420X, M420XV, M350XS, M300XS, and M260XS

are 5 by 4

M300W, M260W, M300WS, and M260WS are 6 by 4

(4)฀CursorThe฀cursor฀is฀used฀to฀select฀(highlight)฀the฀folder฀or฀image฀le฀by฀using฀▲▼◀▶ but-

ton.

(5)฀Back฀iconThis฀icon฀is฀used฀to฀return฀to฀the฀upper฀(parent)฀folder.

(6)฀Folder฀iconThis฀icon฀shows฀that฀the฀USB฀memory฀has฀folders.

(7)฀฀Page฀up฀(Page฀down)฀

icon

This฀icon฀shows฀further฀folders฀or฀image฀les฀are฀available฀in฀the฀next฀(previous)฀page.฀

Use฀the฀▶฀button฀to฀go฀to฀the฀next฀(previous)฀row.฀The฀PAGE฀▽฀or฀PAGE฀△ on the

remote฀control฀is฀used฀to฀go฀to฀the฀next฀or฀previous฀page฀directly.

(8)฀Thumbnail฀toolbarThis฀toolbar฀is฀used฀in฀the฀thumbnail฀screen.฀Pressing฀the฀MENU฀button฀will฀display฀

this฀toolbar.฀(฀page฀

64)

(9)฀Slide฀screenThis฀screen฀is฀used฀for฀manual฀playback.฀The฀selected฀image฀will฀be฀displayed฀in฀full฀

screen.

(10)฀Slide฀toolbarThis฀toolbar฀is฀used฀in฀the฀slide฀screen.฀Pressing฀the฀MENU฀button฀will฀display฀this฀

toolbar.฀(฀page฀

65)

(11)฀Slideshow฀screenThis฀screen฀is฀used฀for฀auto฀playback.฀The฀slides฀will฀be฀changed฀automatically.

(12)฀Slideshow฀toolbarThis฀toolbar฀is฀used฀in฀the฀slideshow฀screen.฀Pressing฀the฀MENU฀button฀will฀display฀

this฀toolbar.฀(฀page฀

65)

(5) (6) (4) (7)

(8)(2) (10) (12)

4. Using the Viewer

Using the toolbar

1.฀Press฀the฀MENU฀button.

The toolbar will be displayed.

The SOURCE screen will be displayed as Viewer connection screen.

2.฀Use฀the฀◀ or ▶฀button฀to฀select฀an฀item฀and฀use฀the฀▲ or ▼฀button฀to฀select฀its฀available฀option.

When the cursor is placed, the selected item will be changed to yellow.

The

▲ or ▼ shows more available choices.

3.฀Press฀the฀ENTER฀button.

The selected item will be displayed.

4.฀Press฀the฀MENU฀button฀two฀times.

The toolbar will be closed and the SOURCE list will be displayed. Press the MENU button again to close the

SOURCE list.

Thumbnail฀toolbar

Menu OptionsDescription

(1)฀Back฀

— Goes฀back฀to฀the฀previous฀image.฀When฀the฀cursor฀reaches฀the฀top฀left฀of฀

the฀screen,฀it฀will฀go฀to฀the฀previous฀page.

(2)฀Forward฀

— Goes฀to฀the฀next฀image.฀When฀the฀cursor฀reaches฀the฀bottom฀right฀of฀the฀

screen,฀it฀will฀go฀to฀the฀next฀page.

(3)฀Display

Closes฀the฀menu฀and฀returns฀to฀the฀thumbnail฀screen.

Closes฀the฀menu฀and฀starts฀the฀slideshow฀from฀the฀highlighted฀item.

Closes฀the฀menu฀and฀displays฀the฀slide฀screen.

(4)฀Order

Displays฀the฀icons฀alphabetically฀by฀name.฀(number฀before฀alphabet)

Displays฀the฀icons฀in฀descending฀order฀of฀le฀size.

Displays฀the฀icons฀in฀the฀order฀of฀creation฀date

(1) (2) (3) (4)

4. Using the Viewer

Slide฀toolbar

Menu OptionsDescription

(1)฀Display

Closes฀the฀menu฀and฀switches฀to฀the฀slide฀screen.

Closes฀the฀menu฀and฀displays฀the฀thumbnail฀screen.

Closes฀the฀menu฀and฀starts฀the฀slideshow฀from฀the฀highlighted฀item.

(2)฀฀Image฀

display

Closes฀the฀menu฀and฀displays฀the฀image฀in฀its฀actual฀size.

Closes฀the฀menu฀and฀displays฀the฀image฀in฀the฀projector’s฀maximum฀reso-

lution.

(3)฀฀Clockwise฀

rotation

— Close฀the฀menu฀and฀rotate฀the฀image฀90°clockwise

(4)฀฀Counter-

clockwise฀

rotation

— Close฀the฀menu฀and฀rotate฀the฀image฀90°counter฀clockwise

Slideshow฀toolbar

Menu OptionsDescription

(1)฀Stop

— Closes฀the฀menu฀and฀changes฀to฀the฀slide฀screen.

(2)฀Back

— Goes฀back฀to฀the฀previous฀image.

(3)฀Forward

— Goes฀to฀the฀next฀image.

(4)฀Interval

Species฀interval฀time฀when฀playing฀back฀the฀slides.

(5)฀Repeat

Repeats฀to฀play฀back฀the฀images฀in฀the฀folder.

Returns฀to฀the฀thumbnail฀screen.

TIP:

•฀A฀picture฀icon฀at฀the฀center฀of฀the฀screen฀shows฀that฀the฀le฀cannot฀be฀displayed฀in฀the฀slide฀screen฀or฀thumbnail฀screen.

•฀Slide฀toolbar฀setting฀for฀rotation฀will฀be฀cancelled฀if฀the฀folder฀is฀moved฀from฀one฀place฀to฀another.

(1) (2) (3) (4)

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)

4. Using the Viewer

 Converting PowerPoint ﬁles to Slides (Viewer PPT Converter

3.0)

Using฀Viewer฀PPT฀Converter฀3.0฀contained฀on฀the฀supplied฀NEC฀Projector฀CD-ROM฀allows฀you฀to฀convert฀Power-

Point฀les฀into฀JPEG฀les.฀Converted฀JPEG฀les฀can฀be฀saved฀to฀a฀USB฀memory.฀When฀the฀USB฀memory฀inserted฀

into฀the฀projector,฀these฀JPEG฀les฀can฀be฀displayed฀with฀the฀viewer฀function฀of฀the฀projector฀without฀connecting฀a฀

computer.

NOTE:

By฀using฀PPT฀Converter฀3.0,฀PowerPoint฀le฀is฀converted฀into฀index฀le฀(with฀extension฀“.idx”)

When฀conversion฀is฀done,฀index฀le฀(with฀extension฀“.idx”)฀will฀be฀created.฀At฀the฀same฀time฀a฀folder฀with฀the฀same฀name฀will฀be฀

created฀where฀JPEG฀les฀will฀be฀saved฀to.฀The฀projector's฀Viewer฀does฀not฀support฀index฀le฀(with฀extension฀.idx).

Install Viewer PPT Converter 3.0 on the computer.

NOTE:

•฀To฀install฀or฀uninstall฀the฀program,฀the฀Windows฀user฀account฀must฀have฀“Administrator”฀privilege฀(Windows฀7,฀Windows฀Vista฀

and฀Windows฀XP).฀

•฀Exit฀all฀running฀programs฀before฀installation.฀If฀another฀program฀is฀running,฀the฀installation฀may฀not฀be฀completed.฀

1.฀Insert฀the฀accompanying฀NEC฀Projector฀CD-ROM฀into฀your฀CD-ROM฀drive.

The menu window will be displayed.

TIP:

If฀the฀menu฀window฀will฀not฀be฀displayed,฀try฀the฀following฀procedure.

For฀Windows฀7:

1.฀Click฀“start”฀on฀Windows.

2.฀Click฀“All฀Programs”฀฀“Accessories”฀฀“Run”.

3.฀Type฀your฀CD-ROM฀drive฀name฀(example:฀“Q:\”)฀and฀“LAUNCHER.EXE”฀฀in฀“Name”.฀(example:฀Q:\

LAUNCHER.EXE)

4฀Click฀“OK”.

The menu window will be displayed.

4. Using the Viewer

2.฀Click฀“Install฀Viewer฀PPT฀Converter฀3.0”฀on฀the฀menu฀window.

The installation will start.

When the installation is complete, the Welcome window will be displayed.

3฀Click฀“Next”.

“END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT” screen will be displayed.

Read “END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT” carefully

4.฀If฀you฀agree,฀click฀“I฀accept฀the฀terms฀in฀the฀license฀agreement”฀and฀then฀click฀“Next”.฀

•฀Follow฀the฀instructions฀on฀the฀installer฀screens฀to฀complete฀the฀installation.฀

•฀When฀the฀installation฀is฀complete,฀you฀will฀return฀to฀the฀menu฀window.

NOTE:

When฀Viewer฀PPT฀Converter฀3.0฀has฀been฀installed,฀once฀start฀Viewer฀PPT฀Converter฀3.0฀once฀with฀the฀privilege฀used฀for฀installation.฀

Then฀exit฀from฀Viewer฀PPT฀Converter฀3.0฀without฀doing฀anything.

•฀Starting

Click฀Window’s฀[Start]฀฀[All฀Programs]฀฀[NEC฀Projector฀User฀Supportware]฀฀[Viewer฀PPT฀Converter฀3.0]฀฀[Viewer฀PPT฀

Converter฀3.0],฀in฀that฀order.

NOTE:

When฀installing฀Viewer฀PPT฀Converter฀3.0฀onto฀a฀personal฀computer฀that฀has฀PowerPoint฀installed,฀Viewer฀PPT฀Converter฀3.0฀is฀

automatically฀registered฀as฀a฀Power-Point฀add-in.

It฀is฀necessary฀to฀cancel฀Viewer฀PPT฀Converter฀3.0฀add-in฀before฀uninstalling฀Viewer฀PPT฀Converter฀3.0.

Refer฀to฀Viewer฀PPT฀Converter฀3.0฀Help฀to฀unregister฀the฀add-in.

TIP:

•฀Uninstalling฀Viewer฀PPT฀Converter฀3.0

To฀uninstall฀Viewer฀PPT฀Converter฀3.0,฀do฀the฀same฀procedures฀stated฀as฀in฀“Uninstalling฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool”.฀Read฀“Virtual฀Remote฀

Tool”฀as฀“Viewer฀PPT฀Converter฀3.0”฀(฀page฀38)

4. Using the Viewer

Converting PowerPoint ﬁles and saving them to a USB memory

1.฀Insert฀the฀USB฀memory฀into฀the฀USB฀port฀of฀the฀computer.

2.฀On฀Windows,฀click฀“Start”฀฀“All฀programs”฀฀“NEC฀Projector฀UserSupportware”฀฀“Viewer฀PPT฀Converter฀

3.0”฀฀“Viewer฀PPT฀Converter฀3.0”.

Viewer PPT Converter 3.0 will start.

3.฀Click฀“Brows...”฀and฀select฀a฀PowerPoint฀le฀you฀wish฀to฀convert,฀and฀then฀click฀“Open”.

4.฀฀Click฀“Next”.

5.฀Select฀the฀USB฀memory฀drive฀for฀“Card฀Drive”฀and฀type฀in฀“Index฀name”.

Index name must be eight alphanumeric characters or less. 2-byte character and ﬁle with a long ﬁlename cannot

be used.

6.฀Click฀“Export”.

A conﬁrmation message will be displayed.

7.฀Click฀“OK”.

Exporting a ﬁle will start.

8.฀Click฀“OK”.

9.฀Click฀“Exit”.

Viewer PPT Converter 3.0 will exit.

10.฀Remove฀the฀USB฀memory฀from฀the฀computer.

NOTE:

•฀Before฀removing฀the฀USB฀memory฀from฀the฀USB฀port฀of฀the฀computer,฀click฀the฀“Safe฀to฀Remove฀Hardware”฀icon฀on฀the฀task-

bar.

5. Using On-Screen Menu

1 Using the Menus

NOTE:฀The฀on-screen฀menu฀may฀not฀be฀displayed฀correctly฀while฀interlaced฀motion฀video฀image฀is฀projected.

1.฀Press฀the฀MENU฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀or฀the฀projector฀cabinet฀to฀display฀the฀menu.

NOTE:฀The฀commands฀such฀as ENTER,฀EXIT,฀,฀฀in฀the฀bottom฀show฀available฀buttons฀for฀your฀operation.

2.฀Press฀the฀฀buttons฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀or฀the฀projector฀cabinet฀to฀display฀the฀submenu.

3.฀Press฀the฀ENTER฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀or฀the฀projector฀cabinet฀to฀highlight฀the฀top฀item฀or฀the฀rst฀

tab.

4.฀Use฀the฀฀buttons฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀or฀the฀projector฀cabinet฀to฀select฀the฀item฀you฀want฀to฀adjust฀or฀

set.

฀You฀can฀use฀the฀฀buttons฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀or฀the฀projector฀cabinet฀to฀select฀the฀tab฀you฀want.

5.฀Press฀the฀ENTER฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀or฀the฀projector฀cabinet฀to฀display฀the฀submenu฀window.

6.฀Adjust฀the฀level฀or฀turn฀the฀selected฀item฀on฀or฀off฀by฀using฀the฀฀buttons฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀or฀

the฀projector฀cabinet.

Changes฀are฀stored฀until฀adjusted฀again.

7.฀Repeat฀steps฀2฀-6฀to฀adjust฀an฀additional฀item,฀or฀press฀the฀EXIT฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀or฀the฀projec

tor฀cabinet฀to฀quit฀the฀menu฀display.

NOTE:฀When฀a฀menu฀or฀message฀is฀displayed,฀several฀lines฀of฀information฀may฀be฀lost,฀depending฀on฀the฀signal฀or฀settings.

8.฀฀Press฀the฀MENU฀button฀to฀close฀the฀menu.

฀To฀return฀to฀the฀previous฀menu,฀press฀the฀EXIT฀button.

5. Using On-Screen Menu



Menu Elements

Slide bar

Solid triangle

Tab

Radio button

High Altitude symbol

ECO mode symbol

Wireless symbol

Menu฀windows฀or฀dialog฀boxes฀typically฀have฀the฀following฀elements:

Highlight .............................Indicates the selected menu or item.

Solid triangle ......................Indicates further choices are available. A highlighted triangle indicates the item is active.

Tab ......................................Indicates a group of features in a dialog box. Selecting on any tab brings its page to the front.

Radio button .......................Use this round button to select an option in a dialog box.

Source ................................Indicates the currently selected source.

Off Timer remaining time ....Indicates the remaining countdown time when the [OFF TIMER] is preset.

Slide bar ............................. Indicates settings or the direction of adjustment.

ECO mode symbol ..............Indicates ECO MODE is set.

Key Lock symbol ................ Indicates the [CONTROL PANEL LOCK] is enabled.

Thermometer symbol ......... Indicates the [ECO MODE] is forcibly set to [ON] mode because the internal temperature is too

high.

High Altitude symbol .......... Indicates the [FAN MODE] is set to [HIGH ALTITUDE] mode.

Wireless symbol .................Indicate the wireless LAN connection is enabled.

Source

Available buttons

Thermometer symbol

Key฀Lock฀symbol

Off Timer remaining

time

Highlight

5. Using On-Screen Menu

 List of Menu Items

Some฀menu฀items฀are฀not฀available฀depending฀on฀the฀input฀source.

Menu฀ItemDefaultOptions

SOURCE

COMPUTER1*

COMPUTER2*

HDMI*

VIDEO*

S-VIDEO*

VIEWER*

NETWORK*

USB฀DISPLAY*

ADJUST

PICTURE

PRESET*1–7

DETAIL฀

SETTINGS

GENERAL

REFERENCE*

HIGH-BRIGHT,฀PRESENTATION,฀VIDEO,฀MOVIE,฀GRAPHIC,฀

sRGB,฀DICOM฀SIM.

GAMMA฀

CORRECTION*

DYNAMIC,฀NATURAL,฀BLACK฀DETAIL

SCREEN฀SIZE*

*LARGE,฀MEDIUM,฀SMALL

COLOR฀

TEMPERATURE

*5000,฀6500,฀7800,฀8500,฀9300,฀10500

DYNAMIC฀

CONTRAST

OFF,฀ON

IMAGE฀MODE*STILL,฀MOVIE

WHITE฀BALANCE

CONTRAST฀R0

CONTRAST฀G0

CONTRAST฀B0

BRIGHTNESS฀R0

BRIGHTNESS฀G0

BRIGHTNESS฀B0

CONTRAST

BRIGHTNESS

SHARPNESS

COLOR*

HUE

RESET

IMAGE฀

OPTIONS

CLOCK*

PHASE*

HORIZONTAL*

VERTICAL*

OVERSCAN*

0[%],฀5[%],฀10[%]

ASPECT฀RATIO

M420X/M350X/M300X/M260X/M230X/M420XV/M350XS/M300XS/

M260XS

:฀AUTO,฀4:3,฀16:9,฀15:9,฀16:10,฀WIDE฀ZOOM,฀NATIVE

M300W/M260W/M300WS/M260WS

:฀AUTO,฀4:3,฀16:9,฀15:9,฀

16:10,฀LETTERBOX,฀NATIVE

POSITION0

(Not฀available฀on฀M300W/M260W/M300WS/M260WS)

SETUP

GENERAL

DIGITAL฀ZOOM*

100%80–100%

AUTO฀KEYSTONEONOFF,฀ON

KEYSTONE0

KEYSTONE฀SAVEOFFOFF,฀ON

WALL฀COLOROFF

OFF,฀WHITEBOARD,฀BLACKBOARD,฀BLACKBOARD฀

(GRAY),฀LIGHT฀YELLOW,฀LIGHT฀GREEN,฀LIGHT฀BLUE,฀

SKY฀BLUE,฀LIGHT฀ROSE,฀PINK

ECO฀MODEAUTO฀ECOOFF,฀AUTO฀ECO,฀ECO1,฀ECO2*

CLOSED฀CAPTIONOFF

OFF,฀CAPTION1,฀CAPTION2,฀CAPTION3,฀CAPTION4,฀

TEXT1,฀TEXT2,฀TEXT3,฀TEXT4

OFF฀TIMEROFFOFF,฀0:30,฀1:00,฀2:00,฀4:00,฀8:00,฀12:00,฀16:00

LANGUAGEENGLISH

ENGLISH,฀DEUTSCH,฀FRANÇAIS,฀ITALIANO,฀ESPAÑOL,฀

SVENSKA,฀日本語

DANSK,฀PORTUGUÊS,฀ČEŠTINA,฀MAGYAR,฀POLSKI,฀

NEDERLANDS,฀SUOMI

NORSK,฀TÜRKÇE,฀РУССКИЙ,

, Ελληνικά, 中文, 한국어

ROMÂNĂ, HRVATSKA, БЪЛГАРСКИ, INDONESIA, ,

ไทย

COLOR฀SELECTCOLORCOLOR,฀MONOCHROME

SOURCE฀DISPLAYONOFF,฀ON

ID฀DISPLAYONOFF,฀ON

ECO฀MESSAGEOFFOFF,฀ON

DISPLAY฀TIMEAUTO฀45฀SECMANUAL,฀AUTO฀5฀SEC,฀AUTO฀15฀SEC,฀AUTO฀45฀SEC

BACKGROUNDBLUEBLUE,฀BLACK,฀LOGO

FILTER฀MESSAGEOFFOFF,฀100[H],฀500[H],฀1000[H],฀2000[H]

*฀The฀asterisk฀(*)฀indicates฀that฀the฀default฀setting฀varies฀depending฀on฀the฀signal.

*1฀The฀[GAMMA฀CORRECTION]฀item฀is฀available฀when฀an฀item฀other฀than฀[DICOM฀SIM.]฀is฀selected฀for฀[REFERENCE].

*2฀The฀[SCREEN฀SIZE]฀item฀is฀available฀when฀[DICOM฀SIM.]฀is฀selected฀for฀[REFERENCE].

*3฀[DIGITAL฀ZOOM]฀is฀available฀on฀M350XS,฀M300XS,฀M260XS,฀M300WS,฀and฀M260WS฀only.

*4฀[ECO2]฀is฀available฀on฀M300X,฀M260X,฀and฀M260XS฀only.

5. Using On-Screen Menu

SETUP

INSTALLATION

ORIENTATION

DESKTOP฀FRONT

DESKTOP฀FRONT,฀CEILING฀REAR,฀DESKTOP฀REAR,฀

CEILING฀FRONT

CONTROL฀PANEL฀LOCKOFFOFF,฀ON

SECURITYOFFOFF,฀ON

COMMUNICATION฀SPEED38400bps4800bps,฀9600bps,฀19200bps,฀38400bps

CONTROL฀ID

CONTROL฀ID฀

NUMBER

1 1–254

CONTROL฀IDOFFOFF,฀ON

TEST฀PATTERN

OPTIONS(1)

AUTO฀ADJUSTNORMALOFF,฀NORMAL,฀FINE

FAN฀MODEAUTOAUTO,฀HIGH,฀HIGH฀ALTITUDE

SIGNAL฀SELECT

COMPUTER1RGB/COMPONENTRGB/COMPONENT,฀RGB,฀COMPONENT

COMPUTER2RGB/COMPONENTRGB/COMPONENT,฀RGB,฀COMPONENT

VIDEOAUTO

AUTO,฀NTSC3.58,฀NTSC4.43,฀PAL,฀PAL-M,฀PAL-N,฀PAL60,฀

SECAM

S-VIDEOAUTO

AUTO,฀NTSC3.58,฀NTSC4.43,฀PAL,฀PAL-M,฀PAL-N,฀PAL60,฀

SECAM

WXGA฀MODE

M420X/M350X/M300X/

M260X/M230X/M420XV/

M350XS/M300XS/

M260XS

:฀OFF฀

M300W/M260W/

M300WS/M260WS

:฀ON

OFF,฀ON

DEINTERLACEONOFF,฀ON

HDMI฀SETTINGS

VIDEO฀LEVELAUTOAUTO,฀NORMAL,฀ENHANCED

AUDIO฀SELECT*HDMIHDMI,฀COMPUTER2

BEEP*ONOFF,฀ON

OPTIONS(2)

STANDBY฀MODENORMALNORMAL,฀POWER-SAVING

AUTO฀POWER฀ON(AC)OFFOFF,฀ON

AUTO฀POWER฀ON(COMP1)OFFOFF,฀ON

AUTO฀POWER฀OFFOFFOFF,฀0:05,฀0:10,฀0:20,฀0:30

DEFAULT฀SOURCE฀SELECTLAST

LAST,฀AUTO,฀COMPUTER1,฀COMPUTER2,฀HDMI,฀VIDEO,฀

S-VIDEO,฀VIEWER,฀NETWORK,฀USB฀DISPLAY

WIRED฀LAN

WIRED฀LANENABLEDISABLE,฀ENABLE

SETTINGS

DHCP:฀ON

AUTO฀DNS:฀ON

DHCP,฀IPADDRESS,฀SUBNET฀MASK,฀GATEWAY,฀

AUTO฀DNS,฀DNS

RECONNECT

WIRELESS฀LAN

PROFILEEASY฀CONNECTIONDISABLE,฀EASY฀CONNECTION,฀PROFILE1,฀PROFILE2

RECONNECT

INFO.

USAGE฀TIME

LAMP฀LIFE฀REMAINING

LAMP฀HOURS฀USED

FILTER฀HOURS฀USED

TOTAL฀CARBON฀SAVINGS

SOURCE

SOURCE฀NAME

SOURCE฀INDEX

HORIZONTAL฀FREQUENCY

VERTICAL฀FREQUENCY

SIGNAL฀TYPE

VIDEO฀TYPE

SYNC฀TYPE

SYNC฀POLARITY

SCAN฀TYPE

WIRED฀LAN

IP฀ADDRESS

SUBNET฀MASK

GATEWAY

MAC฀ADDRESS

WIRELESS฀LAN

IP฀ADDRESS

SUBNET฀MASK

GATEWAY

MAC฀ADDRESS

SSID

NETWORK฀TYPE

WEP/WPA

CHANNEL

SIGNAL฀LEVEL

VERSION

FIRMWARE

DATA

OTHERS

PROJECTOR฀NAME

MODEL฀NO.

SERIAL฀NUMBER

LAN฀UNIT฀TYPE

CONTROL฀ID฀(when฀[CONTROL฀ID]฀

is฀set)

RESET

CURRENT฀SIGNAL

ALL฀DATA

CLEAR฀LAMP฀HOURS

CLEAR฀FILTER฀HOURS

*฀The฀item฀with฀an฀asterisk(*)฀is฀not฀available฀on฀M420XV.

5. Using On-Screen Menu

 Menu Descriptions & Functions [SOURCE]

COMPUTER 1 and 2

Selects฀the฀computer฀connected฀to฀your฀COMPUTER฀1฀or฀COMPUTER฀2฀input฀connector฀signal.

NOTE:฀When฀the฀component฀input฀signal฀is฀connected฀to฀the฀COMPUTER฀1฀IN฀or฀COMPUTER฀2฀IN฀connector,฀select฀[COMPUTER฀

1]฀or฀[COMPUTER฀2]฀respectively.

HDMI

Selects฀the฀HDMI฀compatible฀equipment฀connected฀to฀your฀HDMI฀IN฀connector.

VIDEO

Selects฀what฀is฀connected฀to฀your฀VIDEO฀input-VCR,฀DVD฀player฀or฀document฀camera.

S-VIDEO

Selects฀what฀is฀connected฀to฀your฀S-VIDEO฀input-VCR฀or฀DVD฀player.

NOTE:฀A฀frame฀may฀freeze฀for฀a฀brief฀period฀of฀time฀when฀a฀video฀is฀played฀back฀in฀fast-forward฀or฀fast-rewind฀with฀a฀Video฀or฀S-

Video฀source.

VIEWER

This฀feature฀enables฀you฀to฀make฀presentations฀using฀a฀USB฀memory฀that฀contains฀slides.

(฀page฀

58฀“4.฀Using฀the฀Viewer”)

NETWORK

Selects฀a฀signal฀from฀the฀LAN฀port฀(RJ-45)฀or฀the฀installed฀USB฀wireless฀LAN฀unit฀(optional).

USB DISPLAY

Selects฀the฀computer฀connected฀to฀the฀USB(PC)฀port฀(type฀B)฀by฀using฀a฀commercially฀available฀USB฀cable.฀

(฀page฀

42)

5. Using On-Screen Menu

 Menu Descriptions & Functions [ADJUST]

[PICTURE]

[PRESET]

This฀function฀allows฀you฀to฀select฀optimized฀settings฀for฀your฀projected฀image.

You฀can฀adjust฀neutral฀tint฀for฀yellow,฀cyan฀or฀magenta.฀

There฀are฀seven฀factory฀presets฀optimized฀for฀various฀types฀of฀images.฀You฀can฀also฀use฀[DETAIL฀SETTINGS]฀to฀set฀

user฀adjustable฀settings฀to฀customize฀each฀gamma฀or฀color.

Your฀settings฀can฀be฀stored฀in฀[PRESET฀1]฀to฀[PRESET฀7].

HIGH-BRIGHT ........ Recommended for use in a brightly lit room.

PRESENTATION ..... Recommended for making a presentation using a PowerPoint ﬁle.

VIDEO .................... Recommended for typical TV program viewing.

MOVIE ................... Recommended for movies.

GRAPHIC ............... Recommended for graphics.

sRGB ..................... Standard color values

DICOM SIM. .......... Recommended for DICOM simulation format.

NOTE:

•฀The฀[DICOM฀SIM.]฀option฀is฀for฀training/reference฀only฀and฀should฀not฀be฀used฀for฀actual฀diagnosis.

•฀DICOM฀stands฀for฀Digital฀Imaging฀and฀Communications฀in฀Medicine.฀It฀is฀a฀standard฀developed฀by฀the฀American฀College฀of฀Radiol-

ogy฀(ACR)฀and฀the฀National฀Electrical฀Manufacturers฀Association฀(NEMA).฀

฀The฀standard฀species฀how฀digital฀image฀data฀can฀be฀moved฀from฀system฀to฀system.฀

[DETAIL SETTINGS]

5. Using On-Screen Menu

[GENERAL]

Storing฀Your฀Customized฀Settings฀[REFERENCE]

This฀function฀allows฀you฀to฀store฀your฀customized฀settings฀in฀[PRESET฀1]฀to฀[PRESET฀7].

First,฀select฀a฀base฀preset฀mode฀from฀[REFERENCE],฀then฀set฀[GAMMA฀CORRECTION]฀and฀[COLOR฀TEMPERA-

TURE].฀

HIGH-BRIGHT ........ Recommended for use in a brightly lit room.

PRESENTATION ..... Recommended for making a presentation using a PowerPoint ﬁle.

VIDEO .................... Recommended for typical TV program viewing.

MOVIE ................... Recommended for movies.

GRAPHIC ............... Recommended for graphics.

sRGB ..................... Standard color values.

DICOM SIM. .......... Recommended for DICOM simulation format.

Selecting฀Gamma฀Correction฀Mode฀[GAMMA฀CORRECTION]

Each฀mode฀is฀recommended฀for:

DYNAMIC .............. Creates a high-contrast picture.

NATURAL ............... Natural reproduction of the picture.

BLACK DETAIL ....... Emphasizes detail in dark areas of the picture.

NOTE:฀This฀function฀is฀not฀available฀when฀[DICOM฀SIM.]฀is฀selected฀for฀[DETAIL฀SETTINGS].

Selecting฀Screen฀Size฀for฀DICOM฀SIM฀[SCREEN฀SIZE]

This฀function฀will฀perform฀gamma฀correction฀appropriate฀for฀the฀screen฀size.

LARGE ................... For screen size of 150"

MEDIUM ................ For screen size of 100"

SMALL ................... For screen size of 50"

NOTE:฀This฀function฀is฀available฀only฀when฀[DICOM฀SIM.]฀is฀selected฀for฀[DETAIL฀SETTINGS].

Adjusting฀Color฀Temperature฀[COLOR฀TEMPERATURE]

This฀option฀allows฀you฀to฀select฀the฀color฀temperature฀of฀your฀choice.

NOTE:฀When฀[PRESENTATION]฀or฀[HIGH-BRIGHT]฀is฀selected฀in฀[REFERENCE],฀this฀function฀is฀not฀available.

Adjusting฀Brightness฀and฀Contrast฀[DYNAMIC฀CONTRAST]

This฀function฀allows฀you฀to฀adjust฀the฀contrast฀ratio฀optically฀using฀the฀built-in฀iris.

To฀increase฀the฀contrast฀ratio,฀select฀[ON].

Selecting฀Still฀Image฀Mode฀or฀Movie฀Mode฀[IMAGE฀MODE]

This฀function฀allows฀you฀to฀select฀the฀still฀image฀mode฀or฀the฀movie฀mode.

STILL ..................... This mode is for a still image.

MOVIE ................... This mode is for a movie.

NOTE:฀This฀function฀is฀available฀only฀when฀[HIGH-BRIGHT]฀is฀selected฀for฀[REFERENCE].

Adjusting฀White฀Balance฀[WHITE฀BALANCE]

This฀allows฀you฀to฀adjust฀the฀white฀balance.฀Contrast฀for฀each฀color฀(RGB)฀to฀adjust฀the฀white฀level฀of฀the฀screen;฀

Brightness฀for฀each฀color฀(RGB)฀is฀used฀to฀adjust฀the฀black฀level฀of฀the฀screen.

5. Using On-Screen Menu

[CONTRAST]

Adjusts฀the฀intensity฀of฀the฀image฀according฀to฀the฀incoming฀signal.

[BRIGHTNESS]

Adjusts฀the฀brightness฀level฀or฀the฀back฀raster฀intensity.

[SHARPNESS]

Controls฀the฀detail฀of฀the฀image.

[COLOR]

Increases฀or฀decreases฀the฀color฀saturation฀level.

[HUE]

Varies฀the฀color฀level฀from฀+/−฀green฀to฀+/−฀blue.฀The฀red฀level฀is฀used฀as฀reference.

Input฀signalCONTRASTBRIGHTNESSSHARPNESSCOLORHUE

COMPUTER/HDMI฀(RGB)YesYesYesNo No

COMPUTER/HDMI฀(COMPONENT)YesYesYesYesYes

VIDEO/S-VIDEO/COMPONENTYesYesYesYesYes

VIEWER/NETWORK/USB฀DISPLAYYesYesYesNo No

Yes฀=฀Adjustable,฀No฀=฀Not฀adjustable

[RESET]

The฀settings฀and฀adjustments฀for฀[PICTURE]฀will฀be฀returned฀to฀the฀factory฀settings฀with฀the฀exception฀of฀the฀following;฀

Preset฀numbers฀and฀[REFERENCE]฀within฀the฀[PRESET]฀screen.

The฀settings฀and฀adjustments฀under฀[DETAIL฀SETTINGS]฀within฀the฀[PRESET]฀screen฀that฀are฀not฀currently฀selected฀

will฀not฀be฀reset.

5. Using On-Screen Menu

[IMAGE OPTIONS]

Adjusting฀Clock฀and฀Phase฀[CLOCK/PHASE]

This฀allows฀you฀to฀manually฀adjust฀CLOCK฀and฀PHASE.

CLOCK ................... Use this item to ﬁne tune the computer image or to remove any vertical banding that might appear. This

function adjusts the clock frequencies that eliminate the horizontal banding in the image.

This adjustment may be necessary when you connect your computer for the ﬁrst time.

PHASE ................... Use this item to adjust the clock phase or to reduce video noise, dot interference or cross talk. (This is

evident when part of your image appears to be shimmering.)

Use [PHASE] only after the [CLOCK] is complete.

NOTE:฀The฀[CLOCK]฀and฀[PHASE]฀items฀are฀available฀for฀RGB฀signals฀only.

5. Using On-Screen Menu

Adjusting฀Horizontal/Vertical฀Position฀[HORIZONTAL/VERTICAL]

Adjusts฀the฀image฀location฀horizontally฀and฀vertically.

NOTE:฀The฀[HORIZONTAL]฀and฀[VERTICAL]฀items฀are฀not฀available฀for฀VIDEO,฀S-VIDEO,฀HDMI,฀VIEWER,฀NETWORK,฀and฀USB฀

DISPLAY.

-฀An฀image฀can฀be฀distorted฀during฀the฀adjustment฀of฀[CLOCK]฀and฀[PHASE].฀This฀is฀not฀malfunction.

-฀The฀adjustments฀for฀[CLOCK],฀[PHASE],฀[HORIZONTAL],฀and฀[VERTICAL]฀will฀be฀stored฀in฀memory฀for฀the฀

current฀signal.฀The฀next฀time฀you฀project฀the฀signal฀with฀the฀same฀resolution,฀horizontal฀and฀vertical฀frequency,฀

its฀adjustments฀will฀be฀called฀up฀and฀applied.

฀To฀delete฀adjustments฀stored฀in฀memory,฀from฀the฀menu,฀you฀select฀[RESET]฀฀[CURRENT฀SIGNAL]฀or฀[ALL฀

DATA]฀and฀reset฀the฀adjustments.

Selecting฀Overscan฀Percentage฀[OVERSCAN]

Select฀overscan฀percentage฀(0%,฀5%฀and฀10%)฀for฀signal.

Projected image

Overscaned by 10%

NOTE:

•฀The฀[0[%]]฀cannot฀be฀selected฀when฀VIDEO฀and฀S-VIDEO฀signals฀are฀used.

•฀The฀[OVERSCAN]฀item฀is฀not฀available:

฀•฀฀when฀[NATIVE]฀is฀selected฀for฀[ASPECT฀RATIO].

฀•฀฀when฀[VIEWER],฀[NETWORK],฀or฀[USB฀DISPLAY]฀is฀selected฀for฀[SOURCE]

5. Using On-Screen Menu

Selecting฀Aspect฀Ratio฀[ASPECT฀RATIO]

The฀term฀“aspect฀ratio”฀refers฀to฀the฀ratio฀of฀width฀to฀height฀of฀a฀projected฀image.

The฀projector฀automatically฀determines฀the฀incoming฀signal฀and฀displays฀it฀in฀its฀appropriate฀aspect฀ratio.

•฀This฀table฀shows฀typical฀resolutions฀and฀aspect฀ratios฀that฀most฀computers฀support.

ResolutionAspect฀Ratio

VGA฀640฀×฀480฀4:3

SVGA฀800฀×฀600฀4:3

XGA฀1024฀×฀768฀4:3

WXGA฀1280฀×฀768฀15:9

WXGA฀1280฀×฀800฀16:10

WXGA+

฀1440฀×฀900฀16:10

SXGA฀1280฀×฀1024฀5:4

SXGA+

฀1400฀×฀1050฀4:3

UXGA฀1600฀×฀1200฀4:3

OptionsFunction

AUTO

The฀projector฀will฀automatically฀determine฀the฀incoming฀signal฀and฀display฀it฀in฀its฀aspect฀

ratio.฀(

next฀page)

The฀projector฀may฀erroneously฀determine฀the฀aspect฀ratio฀depending฀on฀its฀signal.฀If฀this฀

occurs,฀select฀the฀appropriate฀aspect฀ratio฀from฀the฀following.

4:3The฀image฀is฀displayed฀in฀4:3฀aspect฀ratio.

16:9The฀image฀is฀displayed฀in฀16:9฀aspect฀ratio.

15:9The฀image฀is฀displayed฀in฀15:9฀aspect฀ratio.

16:10The฀image฀is฀displayed฀in฀16:10฀aspect฀ratio.

WIDE฀ZOOM

(M350X/M300X/M260X/

M230X/M420X/M420XV/

M350XS/M300XS/

M260XS)

The฀image฀is฀stretched฀left฀and฀right.฀

Parts฀of฀the฀displayed฀image฀are฀cropped฀at฀the฀left฀and฀right฀edges฀and฀therefore฀not฀

visible.

LETTERBOX

(M300W/M260W/

M300WS/M260WS)

The฀image฀of฀a฀letterbox฀signal฀is฀stretched฀equally฀in฀the฀horizontal฀and฀vertical฀directions฀

to฀t฀the฀screen.฀Parts฀of฀the฀displayed฀image฀are฀cropped฀at฀the฀top฀and฀bottom฀edges฀

and฀therefore฀not฀visible.

NATIVEThe฀projector฀displays฀the฀current฀image฀in฀its฀true฀resolution฀when฀the฀incoming฀computer฀

signal฀has฀a฀lower฀resolution฀than฀the฀projector’s฀native฀resolution.

[Example 1]฀When฀the฀incoming฀sig-

nal฀with฀the฀resolution฀of฀800฀×฀600฀

is฀displayed฀on฀the฀M350X/M300X/

M260X/M230X/M420X/M420XV/

M350XS/M300XS/M260XS:

[Example 2]฀When฀the฀incoming฀sig-

nal฀with฀the฀resolution฀of฀800฀×฀600฀

is฀displayed฀on฀the฀M300W/M260W/

M300WS/M260WS:

NOTE:

•฀When฀a฀non-computer฀signal฀is฀displayed,฀the฀[NATIVE]฀is฀not฀available.

•฀When฀a฀signal฀with฀a฀higher฀resolution฀than฀the฀projector’s฀native฀resolution฀is฀displayed,฀[NATIVE]฀

is฀not฀available.

5. Using On-Screen Menu

Sample฀image฀when฀the฀appropriate฀aspect฀ratio฀is฀automatically฀determined

M350X/M300X/M260X/M230X/M420X/M420XV/M350XS/M300XS/M260XS

[Computer฀signal]

Aspect฀ratio฀of฀incoming฀signal4:35:416:915:916:10

Sample฀image฀when฀the฀appro-

priate฀aspect฀ratio฀is฀automati-

cally determined

[Video฀signal]

Aspect฀ratio฀of฀incoming฀signal4:3LetterboxSqueeze

Sample฀image฀when฀the฀as-

pect฀ratio฀is฀automatically฀de-

termined

NOTE:฀To฀display฀a฀squeezed฀signal฀prop-

erly,฀select฀[16:9]฀or฀[WIDE฀ZOOM].

M300W/M260W/M300WS/M260WS

[Computer฀signal]

Aspect฀ratio฀of฀incoming฀signal4:35:416:915:916:10

Sample฀image฀when฀the฀appro-

priate฀aspect฀ratio฀is฀automati-

cally determined

[Video฀signal]

Aspect฀ratio฀of฀incoming฀signal4:3LetterboxSqueeze

Sample฀image฀when฀the฀as-

pect฀ratio฀is฀automatically฀de-

termined

NOTE:฀To฀display฀a฀letterbox฀signal฀prop-

erly,฀select฀[LETTERBOX].

NOTE:฀To฀display฀a฀squeezed฀signal฀prop-

erly,฀select฀[16:9].

TIP:

•฀Image฀position฀can฀be฀adjusted฀vertically฀using฀[POSITION]฀when฀the฀[16:9],฀[15:9],฀or฀[16:10]฀aspect฀ratios฀are฀selected.

•฀The฀term฀“letterbox”฀refers฀to฀a฀more฀landscape-oriented฀image฀when฀compared฀to฀a฀4:3฀image,฀which฀is฀the฀standard฀aspect฀

ratio฀for฀a฀vide฀source.

฀The฀letterbox฀signal฀has฀aspect฀ratios฀with฀the฀vista฀size฀“1.85:1”฀or฀cinema฀scope฀size฀“2.35:1”฀for฀movie฀lm.

•฀The฀term฀“squeeze”฀refers฀to฀the฀compressed฀image฀of฀which฀aspect฀ratio฀is฀converted฀from฀16:9฀to฀4:3.

Adjusting฀the฀Vertical฀Position฀of฀Image฀[POSITION]฀(not฀available฀on฀M300W/M260W/M300WS/

M260WS)

(only฀when฀[16:9],฀[15:9],฀or฀[16:10]฀is฀selected฀for฀[ASPECT฀RATIO])

When฀[16:9],฀[15:9],฀or฀[16:10]฀is฀selected฀in฀[ASPECT฀RATIO],฀the฀image฀is฀displayed฀with฀black฀borders฀on฀the฀top฀

and bottom.

You฀can฀adjust฀the฀vertical฀position฀from฀the฀top฀to฀the฀bottom฀of฀the฀black฀area.

5. Using On-Screen Menu

 Menu Descriptions & Functions [SETUP]

[GENERAL]

[M350X/M300X/M260X/M230X/M300W/M260W/

M420X/M420XV]

[M350XS/M300XS/M260XS/M300WS/M260WS]

Using฀Digital฀Zoom฀[DIGITAL฀ZOOM]฀(M350XS/M300XS/M260XS/M300WS/M260WS)฀

This฀feature฀allows฀you฀to฀electronically฀ne฀adjust฀the฀image฀size฀on฀the฀screen.฀Use฀the฀◀ or ▶฀button฀to฀large฀or฀

reduce฀the฀projected฀image.฀

TIP:฀To฀adjust฀the฀projected฀image฀size฀roughly,฀move฀the฀projector฀away฀or฀closer฀to฀the฀screen.฀To฀ne฀adjust฀the฀zoom,฀use฀the฀

[DIGITAL฀ZOOM]฀function.฀(฀page฀

21)

Enabling฀Auto฀Keystone฀[AUTO฀KEYSTONE]

This฀feature฀allows฀the฀projector฀to฀detect฀its฀tilt฀and฀correct฀vertical฀distortion฀automatically.

To฀turn฀on฀the฀AUTO฀KEYSTONE฀feature,฀select฀[ON].฀To฀adjust฀the฀KEYSTONE฀feature฀manually,฀select฀[OFF].

NOTE:฀The฀[AUTO฀KEYSTONE]฀function฀is฀not฀available฀when฀an฀orientation฀type฀such฀as฀[CEILING฀REAR],฀[DESKTOP฀REAR],฀

[CEILING฀FRONT]฀other฀than฀[DESKTOP/FRONT]฀is฀selected฀for฀[ORIENTATION].

TIP:

•฀The฀range฀of฀the฀AUTO฀KEYSTONE฀correction฀varies฀depending฀on฀the฀model฀name.

฀M420X/M420XV/M350X/M300X/M260X/M230X/M300W/M260W:฀up฀to฀30฀degrees฀(vertical)

฀M350XS/M300XS/M260XS/M300WS/M260WS:฀up฀to฀20฀degrees฀(vertical)

•฀The฀AUTO฀KEYSTONE฀correction฀will฀take฀effect฀in฀2฀seconds฀after฀changing฀the฀projection฀angle฀during฀projection.

Correcting฀Vertical฀Keystone฀Distortion฀Manually฀[KEYSTONE]

You฀can฀correct฀vertical฀distortion฀manually.฀(฀page฀

24)

TIP:฀When฀this฀option฀is฀highlighted,฀pressing฀the฀ENTER฀button฀will฀display฀its฀slide฀bar฀for฀adjustment.

Saving฀Vertical฀Keystone฀Correction฀[KEYSTONE฀SAVE]

This฀option฀enables฀you฀to฀save฀your฀current฀keystone฀settings.

OFF ........................ Does not save current keystone correction settings. It will return your keystone correction settings to

“zero”.

ON ......................... Saves current keystone correction settings

Saving฀your฀change฀once฀affects฀all฀sources.฀The฀changes฀are฀saved฀when฀the฀projector฀is฀turned฀off.

NOTE:฀When฀[AUTO฀KEYSTONE]฀is฀set฀to฀[ON],฀[KEYSTONE฀SAVE]฀is฀not฀available.฀Next฀time฀you฀turn฀on฀the฀power,฀the฀AUTO฀

KEYSTONE฀function฀will฀work฀and฀the฀data฀stored฀with฀[KEYSTONE฀SAVE]฀will฀be฀invalid.

5. Using On-Screen Menu

Using฀the฀Wall฀Color฀Correction฀[WALL฀COLOR]

This฀function฀allows฀for฀quick฀adaptive฀color฀correction฀in฀applications฀where฀the฀screen฀material฀is฀not฀white.

NOTE:฀Selecting฀[WHITEBOARD]฀reduces฀lamp฀brightness.

Setting฀Eco฀Mode฀[ECO฀MODE]

The฀ECO฀MODE฀increases฀lamp฀life,฀while฀lowering฀power฀consumption฀and฀cutting฀down฀on฀CO

emissions.

Four฀brightness฀modes฀of฀the฀lamp฀can฀be฀selected:฀[OFF],฀[AUTO฀ECO],฀[ECO1]฀and฀[ECO2]฀modes.฀

(฀page฀

30)

5. Using On-Screen Menu

Setting฀Closed฀Caption฀[CLOSED฀CAPTION]

This฀option฀sets฀several฀closed฀caption฀modes฀that฀allow฀text฀to฀be฀superimposed฀on฀the฀projected฀image฀of฀Video฀

or S-Video.

OFF ........................ This exits the closed caption mode.

CAPTION 1-4 ......... Text is superimposed.

TEXT 1-4 ................ Text is displayed.

NOTE:

•฀The฀closed฀caption฀is฀not฀available฀under฀the฀following฀conditions:

-฀when฀messages฀or฀menus฀are฀displayed.

-฀when฀an฀image฀is฀magnied,฀frozen,฀or฀muted.

•฀Portions฀of฀superimposed฀text฀or฀closed฀caption฀may฀be฀truncated.฀If฀that฀happens,฀try฀to฀place฀the฀superimposed฀text฀or฀

closed฀caption฀within฀the฀screen.

Using฀Off฀Timer฀[OFF฀TIMER]

1.฀Select฀your฀desired฀time฀between฀30฀minutes฀and฀16฀hours:฀OFF,฀0:30,฀1:00,฀2:00,฀4:00,฀8:00,฀12:00,฀16:00.

2.฀Press฀the฀ENTER฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control.

3.฀The฀remaining฀time฀starts฀counting฀down.

4.฀The฀projector฀will฀turn฀off฀after฀the฀countdown฀is฀complete.

NOTE:

•฀To฀cancel฀the฀preset฀time,฀set฀[OFF]฀for฀the฀preset฀time฀or฀turn฀off฀the฀power.

•฀When฀the฀remaining฀time฀reaches฀3฀minutes฀before฀the฀projector฀is฀turned฀off,฀the฀[THE฀PROJECTOR฀WILL฀TURN฀OFF฀WITHIN฀3฀

MINUTES]฀message฀will฀be฀displayed฀on฀the฀bottom฀of฀the฀screen.

Selecting฀Menu฀Language฀[LANGUAGE]

You฀can฀choose฀one฀of฀27฀languages฀for฀on-screen฀instructions.

NOTE:฀Your฀setting฀will฀not฀be฀affected฀even฀when฀[RESET]฀is฀done฀from฀the฀menu.

[MENU]

Selecting฀Menu฀Color฀[COLOR฀SELECT]

You฀can฀choose฀between฀two฀options฀for฀menu฀color:฀COLOR฀and฀MONOCHROME.

Turning฀On฀/฀Off฀Source฀Display฀[SOURCE฀DISPLAY]

This฀option฀turns฀on฀or฀off฀input฀name฀display฀such฀as฀COMPUTER฀1,฀COMPUTER2,฀HDMI,฀VIDEO,฀S-VIDEO,฀

VIEWER,฀NETWORK,฀USB฀DISPLAY,฀to฀be฀displayed฀on฀the฀top฀right฀of฀the฀screen.

When฀no฀input฀signal฀is฀present,฀the฀no-signal฀guidance฀prompting฀you฀to฀check฀for฀an฀available฀input฀will฀be฀displayed฀

at฀the฀center฀of฀the฀screen.฀When฀the฀[VIEWER]฀or฀[NETWORK]฀item฀is฀selected฀for฀[SOURCE],฀the฀no-signal฀guid-

ance฀will฀not฀be฀displayed.

5. Using On-Screen Menu

Turning฀ON/OFF฀Control฀ID฀[ID฀DISPLAY]

ID DISPLAY ........... This option turns on or off the ID number which is displayed when the ID SET button on the remote control

is pressed.

Turning฀On฀/฀Off฀Eco฀Message฀[ECO฀MESSAGE]

This฀option฀turns฀on฀or฀off฀the฀following฀messages฀when฀the฀projector฀is฀turned฀on.฀

The฀Eco฀Message฀prompts฀the฀user฀to฀save฀energy.฀When฀[OFF]฀is฀selected฀for฀[ECO฀MODE],฀you฀will฀get฀a฀message฀

to฀prompt฀you฀to฀select฀[AUTO฀ECO],฀[ECO1],฀or฀[ECO2]*฀for฀[ECO฀MODE].

When฀[AUTO฀ECO],฀[ECO1],฀or฀[ECO2]*฀is฀selected฀for฀[ECO฀MODE]

NOTE:฀*฀[ECO2]฀is฀available฀on฀M300X,฀M260X,฀and฀M260XS฀only.฀

To฀close฀the฀message,฀press฀any฀one฀of฀the฀buttons.฀The฀message฀will฀disappear฀if฀no฀button฀operation฀is฀done฀for฀

30 seconds.

When฀[OFF]฀is฀selected฀for฀[ECO฀MODE]

Pressing฀the฀ENTER฀button฀will฀display฀the฀[ECO฀MODE]฀screen.฀(฀page฀30)

To฀close฀the฀message,฀press฀the฀EXIT฀button.

Selecting฀Menu฀Display฀Time฀[DISPLAY฀TIME]

This฀option฀allows฀you฀to฀select฀how฀long฀the฀projector฀waits฀after฀the฀last฀touch฀of฀a฀button฀to฀turn฀off฀the฀menu.฀The฀

preset฀choices฀are฀[MANUAL],฀[AUTO฀5฀SEC],฀[AUTO฀15฀SEC],฀and฀[AUTO฀45฀SEC].฀The฀[AUTO฀45฀SEC]฀is฀the฀fac-

tory฀preset.

Selecting฀a฀Color฀or฀Logo฀for฀Background฀[BACKGROUND]

Use฀this฀feature฀to฀display฀a฀blue/black฀screen฀or฀logo฀when฀no฀signal฀is฀available.฀The฀default฀background฀is฀

[BLUE].

NOTE:

•฀If฀the฀[LOGO]฀item฀is฀selected฀for฀[BACKGROUND]฀with฀the฀[NETWORK]฀or฀[USB฀DISPLAY]฀source฀selected,฀the฀[BLUE]฀item฀will฀

be฀selected฀regardless฀of฀its฀selection.

•฀When฀[SOURCE฀DISPLAY]฀is฀turned฀on,฀the฀no-signal฀guidance฀prompting฀you฀to฀check฀for฀an฀available฀input฀will฀be฀displayed฀

at฀the฀center฀of฀the฀screen฀regardless฀of฀its฀selection.

•฀Your฀setting฀will฀not฀be฀affected฀even฀when฀[RESET]฀is฀done฀from฀the฀menu.

Selecting฀Interval฀Time฀for฀Filter฀Message฀[FILTER฀MESSAGE]

This฀option฀allows฀you฀to฀select฀the฀time฀preference฀between฀displaying฀the฀message฀for฀cleaning฀the฀lters.฀Clean฀

the฀lter฀when฀you฀get฀the฀message฀“PLEASE฀CLEAN฀FILTER.”฀(฀page฀

115)

Five฀options฀are฀available:฀OFF,฀100[H],฀500[H],฀1000[H],฀2000[H]

The฀default฀setting฀is฀[OFF].

NOTE:฀Your฀setting฀will฀not฀be฀affected฀even฀when฀[RESET]฀is฀done฀from฀the฀menu.

5. Using On-Screen Menu

[INSTALLATION]

Selecting฀Projector฀Orientation฀[ORIENTATION]

This฀reorients฀your฀image฀for฀your฀type฀of฀projection.฀The฀options฀are:฀desktop฀front฀projection,฀ceiling฀rear฀projection,฀

desktop฀rear฀projection,฀and฀ceiling฀front฀projection.

DESKTOP฀FRONTCEILING฀REAR

DESKTOP฀REARCEILING฀FRONT

Disabling฀the฀Cabinet฀Buttons฀[CONTROL฀PANEL฀LOCK]

This฀option฀turns฀on฀or฀off฀the฀CONTROL฀PANEL฀LOCK฀function.

NOTE:

•฀This฀CONTROL฀PANEL฀LOCK฀does฀not฀affect฀the฀remote฀control฀functions.

•฀When฀the฀control฀panel฀is฀locked,฀pressing฀and฀holding฀the฀EXIT฀button฀on฀the฀projector฀cabinet฀for฀about฀10฀seconds฀will฀change฀

the฀setting฀to฀[OFF].

TIP:฀When฀the฀[CONTROL฀PANEL฀LOCK]฀is฀turned฀on,฀a฀key฀lock฀icon฀[฀฀]฀will฀be฀displayed฀at฀the฀bottom฀right฀of฀the฀menu.

Enabling฀Security฀[SECURITY]

This฀feature฀turns฀on฀or฀off฀the฀SECURITY฀function.

Unless฀the฀correct฀keyword฀is฀entered,฀the฀projector฀cannot฀project฀an฀image.฀(฀page฀

32)

NOTE:฀Your฀setting฀will฀not฀be฀affected฀even฀when฀[RESET]฀is฀done฀from฀the฀menu.

5. Using On-Screen Menu

Selecting฀Communication฀Speed฀[COMMUNICATION฀SPEED]

This฀feature฀sets฀the฀baud฀rate฀of฀the฀PC฀Control฀port฀(D-Sub฀9P).฀It฀supports฀data฀rates฀from฀4800฀to฀38400฀bps.฀The฀

default฀is฀38400฀bps.฀Select฀the฀appropriate฀baud฀rate฀for฀your฀equipment฀to฀be฀connected฀(depending฀on฀the฀equip-

ment,฀a฀lower฀baud฀rate฀may฀be฀recommended฀for฀long฀cable฀runs).

NOTE:฀Your฀selected฀communication฀speed฀will฀not฀be฀affected฀even฀when฀[RESET]฀is฀done฀from฀the฀menu.

Setting฀ID฀to฀the฀Projector฀[CONTROL฀ID]

You฀can฀operate฀multiple฀projectors฀separately฀and฀independently฀with฀the฀single฀remote฀control฀that฀has฀the฀CONTROL฀

ID฀function.฀If฀you฀assign฀the฀same฀ID฀to฀all฀the฀projectors,฀you฀can฀conveniently฀operate฀all฀the฀projectors฀together฀

using฀the฀single฀remote฀control.฀To฀do฀so,฀you฀have฀to฀assign฀an฀ID฀number฀to฀each฀projector.

CONTROL ID NUMBER .......Select a number from 1 to 254 you wish to assign to your projector.

CONTROL ID .......................Select [OFF] to turn off the CONTROL ID setting and select [ON] to turn on the CONTROL ID set-

ting.

NOTE:

•฀When฀[ON]฀is฀selected฀for฀[CONTROL฀ID],฀the฀projector฀cannot฀be฀operated฀by฀using฀the฀remote฀control฀that฀does฀not฀support฀

the฀CONTROL฀ID฀function.฀(In฀this฀case฀the฀buttons฀on฀the฀projector฀cabinet฀can฀be฀used.)

•฀Your฀setting฀will฀not฀be฀affected฀even฀when฀[RESET]฀is฀done฀from฀the฀menu.

•฀฀Pressing฀and฀holding฀the฀ENTER฀button฀on฀the฀projector฀cabinet฀for฀10฀seconds฀will฀display฀the฀menu฀for฀canceling฀the฀Control฀

ID.

Assigning฀or฀Changing฀the฀Control฀ID

1.฀Turn฀on฀the฀projector.

2.฀Press฀the฀ID฀SET฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control.

The CONTROL ID screen will be displayed.

If the projector can be operated with the current remote control ID, the [ACTIVE] will be displayed. If the projector

cannot be operated with the current remote control ID, the [INACTIVE] will be displayed. To operate the inactive

projector, assign the control ID used for the projector by using the following procedure (Step 3).

3.฀Press฀one฀of฀numeric฀keypad฀buttons฀while฀pressing฀and฀holding฀the฀ID฀SET฀

button฀on฀the฀remote฀control.

Example:

To assign “3”, press the “3” button on the remote control.

No ID means that all the projectors can be operated together with a single remote

control. To set “No ID”, enter “000” or press the CLEAR button.

TIP:฀The฀range฀of฀IDs฀is฀from฀1฀to฀254.

4.฀Release฀the฀ID฀SET฀button.

The updated CONTROL ID screen will be displayed.

NOTE:

•฀฀The฀IDs฀can฀be฀cleared฀in฀a฀few฀days฀after฀the฀batteries฀are฀run฀down฀or฀removed.

•฀฀Accidentally฀pressing฀any฀one฀of฀the฀buttons฀of฀the฀remote฀control฀will฀clear฀currently฀specied฀

ID฀with฀batteries฀removed.

5. Using On-Screen Menu

Using฀Test฀Pattern฀[TEST฀PATTERN]

Displays฀the฀test฀pattern฀to฀check฀for฀image฀distortion฀at฀the฀time฀of฀the฀projector฀setup.฀Press฀the฀ENTER฀button฀to฀

display฀the฀test฀pattern;฀press฀the฀EXIT฀button฀to฀close฀the฀test฀pattern฀and฀return฀to฀the฀menu.฀Menu฀operation฀and฀

keystone฀correction฀are฀not฀possible฀when฀the฀test฀pattern฀is฀displayed.

[OPTIONS(1)]

[M350X/M300X/M260X/M230X/M300W/M260W/

M420X/M350XS/M300XS/M260XS/M300WS/

M260WS]

[M420XV]

Setting฀Auto฀Adjust฀[AUTO฀ADJUST]

This฀feature฀sets฀the฀Auto฀Adjust฀mode฀so฀that฀the฀computer฀signal฀can฀be฀automatically฀or฀manually฀adjusted฀for฀

noise฀and฀stability.฀You฀can฀automatically฀make฀adjustment฀in฀two฀ways:฀[NORMAL]฀and฀[FINE].

OFF ........................ The computer signal will not be automatically adjusted. You can manually optimize the computer signal.

NORMAL ................ Default setting. The computer signal will be automatically adjusted. Normally select this option.

FINE ....................... Select this option if ﬁne adjustment is needed. It takes more time to switch to the source than when [NOR-

MAL]is selected.

Selecting฀Fan฀Mode฀[FAN฀MODE]

This฀option฀allows฀you฀to฀select฀three฀modes฀for฀fan฀speed:฀Auto฀mode,฀High฀speed฀mode,฀and฀High฀Altitude฀mode.

AUTO ..................... The built-in fans automatically run at a variable speed according to the internal temperature.

HIGH ...................... The built-in fans run at high speed.

HIGH ALTITUDE ..... The built-in fans run at a high speed. Select this option when using the projector at altitudes approximately

5500 feet/1600 meters or higher.

When฀you฀wish฀to฀cool฀down฀the฀temperature฀inside฀the฀projector฀quickly,฀select฀[HIGH].

NOTE:

•฀It฀is฀recommended฀that฀you฀select฀High฀speed฀mode฀if฀you฀use฀the฀projector฀non-stop฀for฀consecutive฀days.

•฀฀Set฀[FAN฀MODE]฀to฀[HIGH฀ALTITUDE]฀when฀using฀the฀projector฀at฀altitudes฀approximately฀5500฀feet/1600฀meters฀or฀higher.

•฀Using฀the฀projector฀at฀altitudes฀approximately฀5500฀feet/1600฀meters฀or฀higher฀without฀setting฀to฀[HIGH฀ALTITUDE]฀can฀cause฀

the฀projector฀to฀overheat฀and฀the฀protector฀could฀shut฀down.฀If฀this฀happens,฀wait฀a฀couple฀minutes฀and฀turn฀on฀the฀projector.

•฀฀Using฀the฀projector฀at฀altitudes฀less฀than฀approximately฀5500฀feet/1600฀meters฀and฀setting฀to฀[HIGH฀ALTITUDE]฀can฀cause฀the฀

lamp฀to฀overcool,฀causing฀the฀image฀to฀icker.฀Switch฀[FAN฀MODE]฀to฀[AUTO].

•฀฀Using฀the฀projector฀at฀altitudes฀approximately฀5500฀feet/1600฀meters฀or฀higher฀can฀shorten฀the฀life฀of฀optical฀components฀such฀

as฀the฀lamp.

•฀Your฀setting฀will฀not฀be฀affected฀even฀when฀[RESET]฀is฀done฀from฀the฀menu.

5. Using On-Screen Menu

Selecting฀Signal฀Format฀[SIGNAL฀SELECT]

[COMPUTER1],฀[COMPUTER2]

Allows฀you฀to฀choose฀[COMPUTER1],฀or฀[COMPUTER2]฀for฀an฀RGB฀source฀such฀as฀a฀computer,฀or฀[COMPONENT]฀

for฀a฀component฀video฀source฀such฀as฀a฀DVD฀player.฀Normally฀select฀[RGB/COMPONENT]฀and฀the฀projector฀auto-

matically฀detects฀a฀component฀signal.฀However฀there฀may฀be฀some฀component฀signals฀that฀the฀projector฀is฀unable฀to฀

detect.฀If฀this฀is฀the฀case,฀select฀[COMPONENT].

[VIDEO฀&฀S-VIDEO฀System฀Select]

This฀feature฀enables฀you฀to฀select฀composite฀video฀standards฀automatically฀or฀manually.

Normally฀select฀[AUTO]฀and฀the฀projector฀will฀automatically฀detect฀the฀video฀standard.

In฀the฀case฀where฀the฀projector฀has฀difculty฀detecting฀the฀video฀standard,฀select฀the฀appropriate฀video฀standard฀from฀

the menu.

This฀must฀be฀done฀for฀VIDEO฀and฀S-VIDEO฀respectively.

Enabling฀or฀Disabling฀WXGA฀Mode฀[WXGA฀MODE]

Selecting฀[ON]฀will฀give฀priority฀to฀a฀WXGA฀(1280฀×฀768)฀signal฀in฀recognizing฀an฀input฀signal.

When฀[WXGA฀MODE]฀is฀set฀to฀[ON],฀an฀XGA฀(1024฀×฀768)฀signal฀may฀not฀be฀recognized฀on฀M350X/M300X/M260X/

M230X/M420X/M420XV/M350XS/M300XS/M260XS.฀In฀this฀case,฀select฀[OFF].

NOTE:

•฀The฀[OFF]฀is฀selected฀at฀the฀time฀of฀shipment฀of฀M350X/M300X/M260X/M230X/M420X/M420XV/M350XS/M300XS/M260XS.

•฀The฀[ON]฀is฀selected฀at฀the฀time฀of฀shipment฀of฀M300W/M260W/M300WS/M260WS.

Enabling฀the฀deinterlace฀[DEINTERLACE]

Turns฀on฀or฀off฀the฀deinterlace฀function฀for฀a฀telecine฀signal.

OFF ........................ Select this option if there is any jitter or artifacts in video.

ON ......................... Default standard setting.

NOTE:฀This฀feature฀is฀not฀available฀for฀HDTV฀(progressive)฀and฀computer฀signals.

Setting฀HDMI฀[HDMI฀SETTINGS]

Make฀the฀settings฀for฀video฀level฀and฀audio฀level฀when฀connecting฀HDMI฀equipment฀such฀as฀a฀DVD฀player.฀

VIDEO LEVEL ......... Select [AUTO] to automatically detect video level. If automatic detection may not work well, select [NOR-

MAL] to disable the [ENHANCED] feature of your HDMI equipment or select [ENHANCED] to improve image

contrast and increase detail in the dark areas.

AUDIO SELECT (not available on M420XV)

.............................. Select [HDMI] to switch the HDMI IN digital audio signal and select [COMPUTER 2] to switch the COMPUTER

2 input audio signal.

Enabling฀Key฀Sound฀and฀Error฀Sound฀[BEEP]฀(not฀available฀on฀M420XV)

This฀feature฀turns฀on฀or฀off฀the฀button฀sound฀or฀alarm฀when฀an฀error฀occurs฀or฀the฀following฀operations฀are฀per-

formed.

-฀Displaying฀the฀main฀menu฀

-฀Switching฀sources

-฀Resetting฀data฀by฀using฀[RESET]

-฀Pressing฀POWER฀ON฀or฀POWER฀OFF฀button

5. Using On-Screen Menu

[OPTIONS(2)]

Selecting฀Power-saving฀in฀[STANDBY฀MODE]

The฀projector฀has฀two฀standby฀modes:฀[NORMAL]฀and฀[POWER-SAVING].

The฀POWER-SAVING฀mode฀is฀the฀mode฀that฀allows฀you฀to฀put฀the฀projector฀in฀the฀power-saving฀condition฀which฀

consumes฀less฀power฀than฀the฀NORMAL฀mode.฀The฀projector฀is฀preset฀for฀NORMAL฀mode฀at฀the฀factory.

NORMAL ................ Power indicator: Orange light/STATUS indicator: Green light

POWER-SAVING .... Power indicator: Red light/STATUS indicator: Off

The following connectors, buttons or functions will not work during this mode.

- MONITOR OUT (COMP. 1) connector, and AUDIO OUT connector (The M420XV does not come with the

AUDIO OUT connector.)

- LAN and Mail Alert functions

- Buttons other than POWER button on the cabinet

- Buttons other than POWER ON button on the remote control

- Virtual Remote Tool, USB Display fucntion

NOTE:

•฀When฀[CONTROL฀PANEL฀LOCK],฀[CONTROL฀ID],฀or฀[AUTO฀POWER฀ON(COMP1)]฀is฀turned฀on,฀the฀[STANDBY฀MODE]฀setting฀is฀

not฀available.

•฀Even฀when฀[POWER-SAVING]฀is฀selected฀for฀[STANDBY฀MODE],฀power฀on฀or฀off฀can฀be฀done฀by฀using฀the฀PC฀CONTROL฀port.

•฀The฀power฀consumption฀in฀the฀standby฀mode฀will฀not฀be฀included฀in฀calculating฀CO

฀emission฀reduction.

•฀Your฀setting฀will฀not฀be฀affected฀even฀when฀[RESET]฀is฀done฀from฀the฀menu.

Enabling฀Auto฀Power฀On฀[AUTO฀POWER฀ON(AC)]

Turns฀the฀projector฀on฀automatically฀when฀the฀power฀cord฀is฀inserted฀into฀an฀active฀power฀outlet.฀This฀eliminates฀the฀

need฀to฀always฀use฀the฀POWER฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀or฀projector฀cabinet.

5. Using On-Screen Menu

Turning฀On฀the฀Projector฀By฀Applying฀Computer฀Signal฀[AUTO฀POWER฀ON(COMP1)]

When฀the฀projector฀is฀in฀Standby฀mode,฀applying฀a฀computer฀signal฀from฀a฀computer฀connected฀to฀the฀COMPUTER1฀

IN฀input฀will฀power฀on฀the฀projector฀and฀simultaneously฀project฀the฀computer’s฀image.

This฀functionality฀eliminates฀the฀need฀to฀always฀use฀the฀POWER฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀or฀the฀projector฀cabinet฀

to฀power฀on฀the฀projector.

To฀use฀this฀function,฀rst฀connect฀a฀computer฀to฀the฀projector฀and฀the฀projector฀to฀an฀active฀AC฀input.

NOTE:

•฀Disconnecting฀a฀computer฀signal฀from฀the฀computer฀will฀not฀power฀off฀the฀projector.฀We฀recommend฀using฀this฀function฀in฀com-

bination฀of฀the฀AUTO฀POWER฀OFF฀function.

•฀This฀function฀will฀not฀be฀available฀under฀the฀following฀conditions:

-฀when฀a฀component฀signal฀is฀applied฀to฀the฀COMPUTER1฀IN฀connector

-฀when฀a฀Sync฀on฀Green฀RGB฀signal฀or฀composite฀sync฀signal฀is฀applied

•฀To฀enable฀the฀AUTO฀POWER฀ON฀(COMP1)฀after฀turning฀off฀the฀projector,฀wait฀3฀seconds฀and฀input฀a฀computer฀signal.

฀If฀a฀computer฀signal฀is฀still฀present฀when฀the฀projector฀is฀turned฀off,฀the฀AUTO฀POWER฀ON฀(COMP1)฀will฀not฀work฀and฀the฀projector฀

remains฀in฀standby฀mode.

Enabling฀Power฀Management฀[AUTO฀POWER฀OFF]

When฀this฀option฀is฀selected฀you฀can฀enable฀the฀projector฀to฀automatically฀turn฀off฀(at฀the฀selected฀time:฀5min.,฀10min.,฀

20min.,฀30min.)฀if฀there฀is฀no฀signal฀received฀by฀any฀input฀or฀if฀no฀operation฀is฀performed.

Selecting฀Default฀Source฀[DEFAULT฀SOURCE฀SELECT]

You฀can฀set฀the฀projector฀to฀default฀to฀any฀one฀of฀its฀inputs฀each฀time฀the฀projector฀is฀turned฀on.

LAST ...................... Sets the projector to default to the previous or last active input each time the projector is turned on.

AUTO ..................... Searches for an active source in order of COMPUTER1  COMPUTER2  HDMI  VIDEO  S-VIDEO 

VIEWER  USB DISPLAY  COMPUTER1 and displays the ﬁrst found source.

COMPUTER1 ......... Displays the computer signal from the COMPUTER 1 IN connector every time the projector is turned on.

COMPUTER2 ......... Displays the computer signal from the COMPUTER 2 IN connector every time the projector is turned on.

HDMI ..................... Displays the digital source from the HDMI IN connector every time the projector is turned on.

VIDEO .................... Displays the Video source from the VIDEO IN connector every time the projector is turned on.

S-VIDEO ................ Displays the Video source from the S-VIDEO IN connector every time the projector is turned on.

VIEWER ................. Displays slides or plays back movie ﬁles from the USB memory device every time the projector is turned

on.

NETWORK ............. Displays a signal from LAN port (RJ-45) or the USB Wireless LAN Unit.

USB DISPLAY ........ Displays the computer signal from the USB (PC) port every time the projector is turned on.

5. Using On-Screen Menu

Setting up the Projector for a Wired LAN Connection [WIRED LAN]

Important

•฀Consult฀with฀your฀network฀administrator฀about฀these฀settings.

•฀When฀using฀a฀wired฀LAN฀connection,฀connect฀a฀LAN฀cable฀(Ethernet฀cable)฀to฀the฀LAN฀port฀(RJ-45)฀of฀the฀projec-

tor.฀(฀page฀

110)

TIP:฀The฀network฀settings฀you฀make฀will฀not฀be฀affected฀even฀when฀[RESET]฀is฀done฀from฀the฀menu.

[WIRED฀LAN][DISABLE]Wired฀LAN฀connection฀will฀be฀turned฀off.

[ENABLE]Wired฀LAN฀connection฀will฀be฀turned฀on.

[SETTINGS][DHCP]

.......................... IP address, subnet mask, and gateway will

be automatically assigned to the projector

from your DHCP server.

OFF .........................Specify IP address, subnet mask, and gate-

way assigned by your network administra-

tor.

[IP฀ADDRESS]Set฀your฀IP฀address฀of฀the฀network฀connected฀to฀the฀

projector.

[SUBNET฀MASK]Set฀your฀subnet฀mask฀number฀of฀the฀network฀connected฀

to฀the฀projector.

[GATEWAY]Set฀the฀default฀gateway฀of฀the฀network฀connected฀to฀the฀

projector.

[AUTO฀DNS]

ON .......................... DHCP server will automatically assign IP

address of DNS server connected to the

projector.

OFF .........................Set your IP address of DNS server connected

to the projector.

5. Using On-Screen Menu

Setting up the Projector for a Wireless LAN Connection (with the optional USB Wireless

LAN Unit equipped) [WIRELESS LAN]

Important

•฀Consult฀with฀your฀network฀administrator฀about฀these฀settings.

•฀When฀using฀a฀wireless฀LAN฀connection,฀attach฀the฀optional฀USB฀Wireless฀LAN฀to฀the฀projector.฀(฀page฀

111)

[PROFILE][DISABLE]Wireless฀LAN฀connection฀will฀be฀turned฀off

[EASY฀CONNECTION]Select฀[EASY฀CONNECTION]฀to฀execute฀a฀wireless฀LAN฀

easily฀using฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀on฀the฀supplied฀

NEC฀Projector฀CD-ROM.

[PROFILE฀1]Up฀to฀two฀settings฀for฀the฀USB฀wireless฀LAN฀unit฀can฀be฀

stored฀in฀memory฀of฀the฀projector.฀(฀page฀

47)

To฀recall฀the฀settings฀from฀memory,฀select฀[PROFILE฀1]฀or฀

[PROFILE฀2]฀from฀[PROFILE].

[PROFILE฀2]

[RECONNECT]Retry฀to฀connect฀the฀projector฀to฀a฀network.฀Try฀this฀if฀you฀have฀changed฀[PROFILE].

NOTE:฀After฀selecting฀[EASY฀CONNECTION]฀from฀[PROFILE],฀you฀cannot฀make฀settings฀to฀[DHCP],฀[IP฀ADDRESS],฀[SUBNET฀MASK],฀

[GATEWAY],฀and฀[AUTO฀DNS]฀except฀[CHANNEL].฀

5. Using On-Screen Menu

Hints฀on฀How฀to฀Set฀Up฀LAN฀Connection

To฀set฀up฀the฀projector฀for฀a฀LAN฀connection:

Access฀the฀HTTP฀server฀function฀to฀display฀the฀web฀browser฀(฀page฀44)฀and฀select฀[NETWORK฀SETTINGS]฀

[SETTINGS]฀฀[WIRELESS฀LAN]฀฀[PROFILE฀1]฀or฀[PROFILE฀2].

Two฀settings฀can฀be฀set฀for฀the฀USB฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit.

Next฀select฀[SETTINGS]฀for฀your฀selected฀prole,฀and฀set฀[ENABLE]฀or฀[DISABLE]฀for฀[DHCP],฀[IP฀ADDRESS],฀

[SUBNET฀MASK],฀and฀[GATEWAY].฀Last฀click฀[SAVE].฀To฀reect฀changes,฀click฀the฀[SETTING]฀tab฀and฀then฀click฀

[APPLY].฀(฀page฀47)

To฀recall฀LAN฀settings฀stored฀in฀the฀prole฀number:

Use฀[PROFILE฀1]฀or฀[PROFILE฀2]฀set฀on฀the฀HTTP฀server,฀from฀the฀projector’฀menu,฀select฀[SETUP]฀฀[WIRELESS฀

LAN]฀฀[PROFILE]฀฀[PROFILE฀1]฀or฀[PROFILE฀2].฀Last฀select฀[OK]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.฀(฀page฀

92)

To connect a DHCP server:

From฀the฀projector฀menu,฀select฀[SETUP]฀฀[WIRED฀LAN]฀฀[SETTINGS]฀฀[DHCP]฀฀[ON]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀

button.฀To฀specify฀IP฀address฀without฀using฀the฀DHCP฀server,฀use฀the฀HTTP฀server฀function.฀(฀page฀

44)

To฀set฀only฀for฀wireless฀LAN฀(NETWORK฀TYPE฀and฀WEP/WPA):

Access฀the฀HTTP฀server฀function฀to฀display฀the฀web฀browser฀(฀page฀

44)฀and฀select฀[NETWORK฀SETTINGS]฀

[SETTINGS]฀฀[WIRELESS฀LAN]฀฀[PROFILE฀1]฀or฀[PROFILE฀2].

Make฀necessary฀settings฀for฀[SETTINGS]฀and฀click฀[SAVE].

From฀the฀projector฀menu,฀select฀[SETUP]฀฀[WIRELESS฀LAN]฀฀[PROFILE]฀฀[PROFILE฀1]฀or฀[PROFILE฀2].฀

To select an SSID:

Access฀the฀HTTP฀server฀function฀to฀display฀the฀web฀browser฀(฀page฀

44)฀and฀select฀[NETWORK฀SETTINGS]฀

[SETTINGS]฀฀[WIRELESS฀LAN]฀฀[CONNECTION]฀฀[SITE฀SURVEY]฀and฀select฀the฀ID.

If฀you฀do฀not฀use฀[SITE฀SURVEY],฀type฀the฀SSID฀in฀[CONNECTION]฀and฀select฀[INFRASTRUCTURE]฀or฀[AD฀HOC].฀

(฀page฀47)

To฀receive฀lamp฀replacement฀time฀or฀error฀messages฀via฀e-mail:

Access฀the฀HTTP฀server฀function฀to฀display฀the฀web฀browser฀(฀page฀

44)฀and฀select฀[NETWORK฀SETTINGS]฀

[ALERT฀MAIL],฀and฀set฀[SENDER’S฀ADDRESS],฀[SMTP฀SERVER฀NAME],฀and฀[RECIPIENT’S฀ADDRESS].฀Last,฀

click฀[SAVE].฀(฀page฀49)

To฀execute฀[EASY฀CONNECTION]฀using฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite:

The฀[EASY฀CONNECTION]฀is฀a฀mode฀that฀can฀abbreviate฀the฀troublesome฀LAN฀settings฀when฀using฀the฀Image฀

Express฀Utility฀Lite฀and฀connecting฀the฀PC฀and฀projector฀via฀a฀wireless฀LAN.

The฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀is฀contained฀on฀the฀supplied฀NEC฀Projector฀CD-ROM.฀

To฀use฀[EASY฀CONNECTION],฀access฀the฀HTTP฀server฀function฀to฀display฀the฀web฀browser฀(฀page฀

44)฀and฀select฀

[NETWORK฀SETTINGS]฀฀[SETTINGS]฀฀[WIRELESS฀LAN]฀฀[EASY฀CONNECTION].฀Next฀select฀[SETTINGS]฀

฀[CHANNEL].฀Last฀click฀[SAVE].

From฀the฀projector฀menu,฀select฀[SETUP]฀฀[WIRELESS฀LAN]฀฀[PROFILE]฀฀[EASY฀CONNECTION].฀

NOTE:฀The฀[EASY฀CONNECTION]฀function฀is฀available฀on฀Windows฀7,฀Windows฀Vista฀or฀Windows฀XP฀SP3.

5. Using On-Screen Menu

 Menu Descriptions & Functions [INFO.]

Displays฀the฀status฀of฀the฀current฀signal฀and฀lamp฀usage.฀This฀item฀has฀six฀pages.฀The฀information฀included฀is฀as฀

follows:

TIP:฀Pressing฀the฀HELP฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀will฀show฀the฀[INFO.]฀menu฀items.

[USAGE TIME]

[LAMP฀LIFE฀REMAINING]฀(%)*

[LAMP฀HOURS฀USED]฀(H)

[FILTER฀HOURS฀USED]฀(H)

[TOTAL฀CARBON฀SAVINGS]฀(kg-CO2)

*฀The฀progress฀indicator฀shows฀the฀percentage฀of฀remaining฀bulb฀life.

฀The฀value฀informs฀you฀of฀the฀amount฀of฀lamp฀usage.฀When฀the฀remaining฀lamp฀time฀reaches฀0,฀the฀LAMP฀LIFE฀

REMAINING฀bar฀indicator฀changes฀from฀0%฀to฀100฀Hours฀and฀starts฀counting฀down.

฀If฀the฀remaining฀lamp฀time฀reaches฀0฀hours,฀the฀projector฀will฀not฀turn฀on.

•฀The฀message฀to฀the฀effect฀that฀the฀lamp฀or฀the฀lters฀should฀be฀replaced฀will฀be฀displayed฀for฀one฀minute฀when฀

the฀projector฀is฀turned฀on฀and฀when฀the฀POWER฀button฀on฀the฀projector฀or฀the฀remote฀control฀is฀pressed.

฀To฀dismiss฀this฀message,฀press฀any฀button฀on฀the฀projector฀or฀the฀remote฀control.

Lamp฀life(H)

Replacement lamp Model

ECO MODE

NORMAL

(OFF฀or฀AUTO฀ECO)

ECO

(ECO1฀or฀ECO2*)

3000 3500

NP17LPM420X, M420XV, M350XS, M300WS

4000 5000

NP16LPM350X, M300W, M300XS, M260WS

5000 6000

NP15LP

M300X, M260X, M230X, M260W,

M260XS

*฀[ECO2]฀is฀available฀on฀M300X,฀M260X,฀and฀M260XS฀only.฀

•฀[TOTAL฀CARBON฀SAVINGS]

฀This฀displays฀the฀estimated฀carbon฀saving฀information฀in฀kg.฀The฀carbon฀footprint฀factor฀in฀the฀carbon฀saving฀cal-

culation฀is฀based฀on฀the฀OECD฀(2008฀Edition).฀(฀page฀

31)

5. Using On-Screen Menu

[SOURCE]

[SOURCE฀NAME]฀฀[SOURCE฀INDEX]

[HORIZONTAL฀FREQUENCY]฀[VERTICAL฀FREQUENCY]

[SIGNAL฀TYPE]฀฀฀[VIDEO฀TYPE]

[SYNC฀TYPE]฀฀฀[SYNC฀POLARITY]

[SCAN฀TYPE]

[WIRED LAN]

[IP฀ADDRESS]฀[SUBNET฀MASK]

[GATEWAY]฀[MAC฀ADDRESS]

[WIRELESS LAN]

[IP฀ADDRESS]฀[SUBNET฀MASK]

[GATEWAY]฀[MAC฀ADDRESS]

[SSID]฀฀[NETWORK฀TYPE]

[WEP/WPA]฀[CHANNEL]

[SIGNAL฀LEVEL]

5. Using On-Screen Menu

[VERSION]

[FIRMWARE]฀Version

[DATA]฀Version

[OTHERS]

[PROJECTOR฀NAME]

[MODEL฀NO.]

[SERIAL฀NUMBER]

[LAN฀UNIT฀TYPE]

[CONTROL฀ID]฀(when฀[CONTROL฀ID]฀is฀set)

5. Using On-Screen Menu

 Menu Descriptions & Functions [RESET]

Returning to Factory Default [RESET]

The฀RESET฀feature฀allows฀you฀to฀change฀adjustments฀and฀settings฀to฀the฀factory฀preset฀for฀a฀(all)฀source฀(s)฀except฀

the฀following:

[CURRENT฀SIGNAL]

Resets฀the฀adjustments฀for฀the฀current฀signal฀to฀the฀factory฀preset฀levels.฀

The฀items฀that฀can฀be฀reset฀are:฀[PRESET],฀[CONTRAST],฀[BRIGHTNESS],฀[COLOR],฀[HUE],฀[SHARPNESS],฀

[ASPECT฀RATIO],฀[HORIZONTAL],฀[VERTICAL],฀[CLOCK],฀[PHASE],฀and฀[OVERSCAN].

[ALL฀DATA]

Reset฀all฀the฀adjustments฀and฀settings฀for฀all฀the฀signals฀to฀the฀factory฀preset.

All items can be reset EXCEPT฀[LANGUAGE],฀[BACKGROUND],฀[FILTER฀MESSAGE],฀[SECURITY],฀[COMMUNI-

CATION฀SPEED],฀[CONTROL฀ID],฀[STANDBY฀MODE],฀[FAN฀MODE],฀[LAMP฀LIFE฀REMAINING],฀[LAMP฀HOURS฀

USED],฀[FILTER฀HOURS฀USED],฀[TOTAL฀CARBON฀SAVINGS],฀[WIRED฀LAN],฀and฀[WIRELESS฀LAN].

To฀reset฀the฀lamp฀usage฀time,฀see฀“Clearing฀Lamp฀Hour฀Meter฀[CLEAR฀LAMP฀HOURS]”฀below.

Clearing฀Lamp฀Hour฀Meter฀[CLEAR฀LAMP฀HOURS]

Resets฀the฀lamp฀clock฀back฀to฀zero.฀Selecting฀this฀option฀displays฀submenu฀for฀a฀conrmation.฀Select฀[YES]฀and฀press฀

the฀ENTER฀button.

NOTE:฀Elapsed฀time฀of฀the฀lamp฀use฀will฀not฀be฀affected฀even฀when฀[RESET]฀is฀done฀from฀the฀menu.

NOTE:฀The฀projector฀will฀turn฀off฀and฀go฀into฀standby฀mode฀when฀you฀continue฀to฀use฀the฀projector฀for฀another฀100฀hours฀after฀the฀

lamp฀has฀reached฀the฀end฀of฀its฀life.฀In฀this฀condition฀you฀cannot฀clear฀the฀lamp฀hour฀meter฀on฀the฀menu.฀If฀this฀happens,฀press฀the฀

HELP฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀for฀10฀seconds฀to฀reset฀the฀lamp฀clock฀back฀to฀zero.฀Do฀this฀only฀after฀replacing฀the฀lamp.

Clearing฀the฀Filter฀Usage฀Hours฀[CLEAR฀FILTER฀HOURS]

Resets฀the฀lter฀usage฀back฀to฀zero.฀Selecting฀this฀option฀displays฀submenu฀for฀a฀conrmation.฀Select฀[YES]฀and฀press฀

the฀ENTER฀button.

The฀[OFF]฀item฀is฀selected฀for฀[FILTER฀MESSAGE]฀at฀the฀time฀of฀shipment.฀When฀[OFF]฀is฀selected,฀you฀do฀not฀need฀

to฀clear฀the฀lter฀usage฀hour.

NOTE:฀Elapsed฀time฀of฀the฀lter฀use฀will฀not฀be฀affected฀even฀when฀[RESET]฀is฀done฀from฀the฀menu.

6. Installation and Connections

This฀section฀describes฀how฀to฀set฀up฀your฀projector฀and฀how฀to฀connect฀video฀and฀audio฀sources.

Your฀projector฀is฀simple฀to฀set฀up฀and฀use.฀But฀before฀you฀get฀started,฀you฀must฀rst:

z฀Set฀up฀a฀screen฀and฀the฀projector.

x฀Connect฀your฀computer฀or฀video฀equipment฀

to฀the฀projector.

฀(฀page฀104, 106, 107, 108, 109, 110, 111)

฀Connect฀the฀supplied฀power฀cord.

(฀page฀

15)

NOTE:

•฀Ensure฀that฀the฀power฀cord฀and฀any฀other฀cables฀are฀

disconnected฀before฀moving฀the฀projector.฀When฀

moving฀the฀projector฀or฀when฀it฀is฀not฀in฀use,฀cover฀

the฀lens฀with฀the฀sliding฀lens฀cover.

•฀An฀optional฀cable฀cover฀(NP01CV)฀is฀available฀for฀

the฀M420X,฀M420XV,฀M350XS,฀M300XS,฀M260XS,฀

M300WS,฀and฀M260WS.฀Refer฀to฀page฀114฀for฀at-

taching฀the฀cable฀cover.

1 Setting Up the Screen and the Projector

Selecting a Location

[M350X/M300X/M260X/M230X]

The฀further฀your฀projector฀is฀from฀the฀screen฀or฀wall,฀the฀larger฀the฀image.฀The฀minimum฀size฀the฀image฀can฀be฀is฀

approximately฀25"฀(0.64฀m)฀measured฀diagonally฀when฀the฀projector฀is฀roughly฀35฀inches฀(0.9฀m)฀from฀the฀wall฀or฀

screen.฀The฀largest฀the฀image฀can฀be฀is฀300"฀(7.6฀m)฀when฀the฀projector฀is฀about฀435฀inches฀(11.0฀m)฀from฀the฀wall฀

or screen.

300"

240"

Distance

(Unit: m/inch)

Lens center

Screen Size

Screen Size (Unit: cm/inch)

200"

180"

150"

120"

100"

80"

11.0/435

8.8/348

6.6/260

5.5/216

4.4/173

3.6/144

2.9/115

2.2/86

1.4/57

40"

7.3/289

60"

30"

25"

1.1/

0.9/

609.6(W)�457.2(H) / 240(W)�180(H)

487.7(W)�365.8(H) / 192(W)�144(H)

406.4(W)�304.8(H) / 160(W)�120(H)

304.8(W)�228.6(H) / 120(W)�90(H)

365.8(W)�274.3(H) / 144(W)�108(H)

243.8(W)�182.9(H) / 96(W)�72(H)

203.2(W)�152.4(H) / 80(W)�60(H)

162.6(W)�121.9(H) / 64(W)�48(H)

121.9(W)�91.4(H) / 48(W)�36(H)

81.3(W)�61.0(H) / 32(W)�24(H)

61.0(W)�45.7(H) / 24(W)�18(H)

50.8(W)�38.1(H) / 20(W)�15(H)

TIP:

•฀The฀distances฀are฀indicated฀by฀intermediate฀values฀between฀tele฀and฀wide.฀Use฀as฀a฀rule฀of฀thumb.

•฀For฀more฀details฀on฀throw฀distance,฀see฀page฀101.

To the wall outlet.

6. Installation and Connections

[M420X/M420XV]

The฀further฀your฀projector฀is฀from฀the฀screen฀or฀wall,฀the฀larger฀the฀image.฀The฀minimum฀size฀the฀image฀can฀be฀is฀

approximately฀25"฀(0.64฀m)฀measured฀diagonally฀when฀the฀projector฀is฀roughly฀34฀inches฀(0.9฀m)฀from฀the฀wall฀or฀

screen.฀The฀largest฀the฀image฀can฀be฀is฀300"฀(7.6฀m)฀when฀the฀projector฀is฀about฀434฀inches฀(11.0฀m)฀from฀the฀wall฀

or screen.

300"

240"

Distance

(Unit: m/inch)

Lens center

Screen Size

Screen Size (Unit: cm/inch)

200"

180"

150"

120"

100"

80"

11.0/434"

8.8/347"

6.6/260"

5.5/216"

4.4/172"

3.6/143"

2.9/114"

2.2/85"

1.4/56"

40"

7.3/289"

60"

30"

25"

1.0/

42"

0.9/

34"

646.2(W)�403.9(H) / 254(W)�159(H)

516.9(W)�323.1(H) / 204(W)�127(H)

430.8(W)�269.2(H) / 170(W)�106(H)

323.1(W)�201.9(H) / 127(W)�79(H)

387.7(W)�242.3(H) / 153(W)�95(H)

258.5(W)�161.5(H) / 102(W)�64(H)

215.4(W)�134.6(H) / 85(W)�53(H)

172.3(W)�107.7(H) / 68(W)�42(H)

129.2(W)�80.8(H) / 51(W)�32(H)

86.2(W)�53.8(H) / 34(W)�21(H)

64.6(W)�40.4(H) / 25(W)�16(H)

53.8(W)�33.7(H) / 21(W)�13(H)

TIP:

•฀The฀distances฀are฀indicated฀by฀intermediate฀values฀between฀tele฀and฀wide.฀Use฀as฀a฀rule฀of฀thumb.

•฀For฀more฀details฀on฀throw฀distance,฀see฀page฀101.

[M300W/M260W]

The฀further฀your฀projector฀is฀from฀the฀screen฀or฀wall,฀the฀larger฀the฀image.฀The฀minimum฀size฀the฀image฀can฀be฀is฀

approximately฀25"฀(0.64฀m)฀measured฀diagonally฀when฀the฀projector฀is฀roughly฀37฀inches฀(0.9฀m)฀from฀the฀wall฀or฀

screen.฀The฀largest฀the฀image฀can฀be฀is฀300"฀(7.6฀m)฀when฀the฀projector฀is฀about฀459฀inches฀(11.7฀m)฀from฀the฀wall฀

or screen.

300"

240"

Distance

(Unit: m/inch)

Lens center

Screen Size

Screen Size (Unit: cm/inch)

200"

180"

150"

120"

100"

80"

11.7/459

9.3/367

7.0/275

5.8/229

4.6/183

3.9/152

3.1/121

2.3/90

1.5/60

40"

7.8/306

60"

30"

25"

1.1/

0.9/

646.2(W)�403.9(H) / 254(W)�159(H)

516.9(W)�323.1(H) / 204(W)�127(H)

430.8(W)�269.2(H) / 170(W)�106(H)

323.1(W)�201.9(H) / 127(W)�79(H)

387.7(W)�242.3(H) / 153(W)�95(H)

258.5(W)�161.5(H) / 102(W)�64(H)

215.4(W)�134.6(H) / 85(W)�53(H)

172.3(W)�107.7(H) / 68(W)�42(H)

129.2(W)�80.8(H) / 51(W)�32(H)

86.2(W)�53.8(H) / 34(W)�21(H)

64.6(W)�40.4(H) / 25(W)�16(H)

53.8(W)�33.7(H) / 21(W)�13(H)

TIP:

•฀The฀distances฀are฀indicated฀by฀intermediate฀values฀between฀tele฀and฀wide.฀Use฀as฀a฀rule฀of฀thumb.

•฀For฀more฀details฀on฀throw฀distance,฀see฀page฀102.

100

6. Installation and Connections

[M350XS/M300XS/M260XS]

The฀further฀your฀projector฀is฀from฀the฀screen฀or฀wall,฀the฀larger฀the฀image.฀The฀minimum฀size฀the฀image฀can฀be฀is฀ap-

proximately฀60"฀(1.52฀m)฀measured฀diagonally฀when฀the฀projector฀is฀23฀inches฀(0.57฀m)฀from฀the฀wall฀or฀screen.฀The฀

largest฀the฀image฀can฀be฀is฀110"฀(2.8฀m)฀when฀the฀projector฀is฀about฀43฀inches฀(1.1฀m)฀from฀the฀wall฀or฀screen.

Distance

(Unit: m/inch)

Lens center

Screen Size

110"

100"

90"

84"

80"

1.10/43"

1.00/39"

0.89/35"

0.83/33"

0.78/31"

0.70/28"

0.57/23"

60"

72"

203.2(W)�152.4(H) / 80(W)�60(H)

223.5(W)�167.6(H) / 88(W)�66(H)

182.9(W)�137.2(H) / 72(W)�54(H)

170.7(W)�128.0(H) / 67(W)�50(H)

162.6(W)�121.9(H) / 64(W)�48(H)

146.3(W)�109.7(H) / 58(W)�43(H)

121.9(W)�91.4(H) / 48(W)�36(H)

Screen Size (Unit: cm/inch)

TIP:

•฀Digital฀Zoom฀can฀result฀in฀a฀blurry฀image฀due฀to฀the฀electronic฀zoom.

•฀For฀more฀details฀on฀throw฀distance,฀see฀page฀102.

[M300WS/M260WS]

The฀further฀your฀projector฀is฀from฀the฀screen฀or฀wall,฀the฀larger฀the฀image.฀The฀minimum฀size฀the฀image฀can฀be฀is฀

approximately฀56"฀(1.4฀m)฀measured฀diagonally฀when฀the฀projector฀is฀22฀inches฀(0.57฀m)฀from฀the฀wall฀or฀screen.฀The฀

largest฀the฀image฀can฀be฀is฀104"฀(2.6฀m)฀when฀the฀projector฀is฀about฀43฀inches฀(1.1฀m)฀from฀the฀wall฀or฀screen.

Distance

(Unit: m/inch)

Lens center

Screen Size

104"

100"

90"

80"

70"

1.10/43"

1.06/42"

0.95/37"

0.84/33"

0.72/28"

0.61/24"

0.57/22"

56.2"

60"

215.4(W)�134.6(H) / 85(W)�53(H)

224.0(W)�140.0(H) / 88(W)�55(H)

193.9(W)�121.2(H) / 76(W)�48(H)

172.3(W)�107.7(H) / 68(W)�42(H)

150.8(W)�94.2(H) / 59(W)�37(H)

129.2(W)�80.8(H) / 51(W)�32(H)

121.1(W)�75.7(H) / 48(W)�30(H)

Screen Size (Unit: cm/inch)

TIP:

•฀Digital฀Zoom฀can฀result฀in฀a฀blurry฀image฀due฀to฀the฀electronic฀zoom.

•฀For฀more฀details฀on฀throw฀distance,฀see฀page฀102.

101

6. Installation and Connections



Throw Distance and Screen Size

The฀following฀shows฀the฀proper฀relative฀positions฀of฀the฀projector฀and฀screen.฀Refer฀to฀the฀table฀to฀determine฀the฀

position฀of฀installation.

Distance Chart

B฀=฀Vertical฀distance฀between฀lens฀center฀and฀

screen center

C฀=฀Throw฀distance

D฀=฀Vertical฀distance฀between฀lens฀center฀and฀

screen฀bottom฀(top฀of฀screen฀for฀ceiling฀ap-

plication)

฀=฀Throw฀angle

NOTE:฀The฀values฀in฀the฀tables฀are฀design฀values฀and฀

may฀vary.

[M350X/M300X/M260X/M230X]

Screen Size



Diagonal Width Height wide tele wide tele

inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm - inch mm inch mm degree - degree

25 635 20 508 15 381 5 131 26 649 - 44 1107 -2 -60

11.4 - 6.7

30 762 24 610 18 457 6 157 31 788 - 53 1337 -3 -71 11.3 - 6.7

40 1016 32 813 24 610 8 210 42 1066 - 71 1798 -4 -95 11.1 - 6.6

60 1524 48 1219 36 914 12 314 64 1622 - 107 2720 -6 -143 11.0 - 6.6

72 1829 58 1463 43 1097 15 377 77 1956 - 129 3273 -7 -171 10.9 - 6.6

80 2032 64 1626 48 1219 17 419 86 2178 - 143 3642 -8 -191 10.9 - 6.6

84 2134 67 1707 50 1280 17 440 90 2289 - 151 3827 -8 -200 10.9 - 6.6

90 2286 72 1829 54 1372 19 471 97 2456 - 162 4103 -8 -214 10.9 - 6.6

100 2540 80 2032 60 1524 21 524 108 2734 - 180 4564 -9 -238 10.8 - 6.5

120 3048 96 2438 72 1829 25 629 130 3290 - 216 5486 -11 -286 10.8 - 6.5

150 3810 120 3048 90 2286 31 786 162 4124 - 270 6869 -14 -357 10.8 - 6.5

180 4572 144 3658 108 2743 37 943 195 4958 - 325 8252 -17 -429 10.8 - 6.5

200 5080 160 4064 120 3048 41 1048 217 5514 - 361 9174 -19 -476 10.8 - 6.5

210 5334 168 4267 126 3200 43 1100 228 5792 - 379 9635 -20 -500 10.8 - 6.5

240 6096 192 4877 144 3658 50 1257 261 6626 - 434 11018 -23 -572 10.7 - 6.5

270 6858 216 5486 162 4115 56 1414 294 7460 - 488 12401 -25 -643 10.7 - 6.5

300 7620 240 6096 180 4572 62 1572 327 8294 - 543 13784 -28 -714 10.7 - 6.5

[M420X/M420XV]

Screen Size



Diagonal Width Height wide tele wide tele

inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm - inch mm inch mm degree - degree

25 635 20 508 15 381 5 131 25 636 - 43 1094 -2 -60

11.6 - 6.8

30 762 24 610 18 457 6 157 31 775 - 52 1324 -3 -71 11.5 - 6.8

40 1016 32 813 24 610 8 210 41 1053 - 70 1785 -4 -95 11.3 - 6.7

60 1524 48 1219 36 914 12 314 63 1609 - 107 2707 -6 -143 11.1 - 6.6

72 1829 58 1463 43 1097 15 377 76 1943 - 128 3261 -7 -171 11.0 - 6.6

80 2032 64 1626 48 1219 17 419 85 2165 - 143 3629 -8 -191 11.0 - 6.6

84 2134 67 1707 50 1280 17 440 90 2277 - 150 3814 -8 -200 10.9 - 6.6

90 2286 72 1829 54 1372 19 471 96 2443 - 161 4090 -8 -214 10.9 - 6.6

100 2540 80 2032 60 1524 21 524 107 2721 - 179 4551 -9 -238 10.9 - 6.6

120 3048 96 2438 72 1829 25 629 129 3277 - 215 5473 -11 -286 10.9 - 6.6

150 3810 120 3048 90 2286 31 786 162 4111 - 270 6856 -14 -357 10.8 - 6.5

180 4572 144 3658 108 2743 37 943 195 4945 - 324 8239 -17 -429 10.8 - 6.5

200 5080 160 4064 120 3048 41 1048 217 5501 - 361 9161 -19 -476 10.8 - 6.5

210 5334 168 4267 126 3200 43 1100 228 5779 - 379 9622 -20 -500 10.8 - 6.5

240 6096 192 4877 144 3658 50 1257 260 6613 - 433 11005 -23 -572 10.8 - 6.5

270 6858 216 5486 162 4115 56 1414 293 7447 - 488 12388 -25 -643 10.8 - 6.5

300 7620 240 6096 180 4572 62 1572 326 8281 - 542 13771 -28 -714 10.7 - 6.5

Screen center

Lens฀center

Screen bottom

102

6. Installation and Connections

[M300W/M260W]

Screen Size



Diagonal Width Height wide tele wide tele

inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm - inch mm inch mm degree - degree

25 635 21 538 13 337 5 139 27 687 - 46 1172 -1 -29

11.4 - 6.8

30 762 25 646 16 404 7 167 33 833 - 56 1415 -1 -35 11.3 - 6.7

40 1016 34 862 21 538 9 222 44 1126 - 75 1902 -2 -47 11.2 - 6.7

60 1524 51 1292 32 808 13 333 67 1712 - 113 2876 -3 -71 11.0 - 6.6

72 1829 61 1551 38 969 16 400 81 2064 - 136 3461 -3 -85 11.0 - 6.6

80 2032 68 1723 42 1077 17 444 90 2298 - 152 3850 -4 -94 10.9 - 6.6

84 2134 71 1809 45 1131 18 466 95 2415 - 159 4045 -4 -99 10.9 - 6.6

90 2286 76 1939 48 1212 20 500 102 2591 - 171 4337 -4 -106 10.9 - 6.6

100 2540 85 2154 53 1346 22 555 114 2884 - 190 4824 -5 -118 10.9 - 6.6

120 3048 102 2585 64 1615 26 666 137 3470 - 228 5798 -6 -141 10.9 - 6.6

150 3810 127 3231 79 2019 33 833 171 4349 - 286 7259 -7 -177 10.8 - 6.5

180 4572 153 3877 95 2423 39 1000 206 5228 - 343 8720 -8 -212 10.8 - 6.5

200 5080 170 4308 106 2692 44 1111 229 5814 - 382 9694 -9 -236 10.8 - 6.5

210 5334 178 4523 111 2827 46 1166 240 6107 - 401 10181 -10 -247 10.8 - 6.5

240 6096 204 5169 127 3231 52 1333 275 6986 - 458 11642 -11 -283 10.8 - 6.5

270 6858 229 5816 143 3635 59 1499 310 7865 - 516 13103 -13 -318 10.8 - 6.5

300 7620 254 6462 159 4039 66 1666 344 8744 - 573 14564 -14 -353 10.8 - 6.5

[M350XS/M300XS/M260XS]

Screen Size



Diagonal Width Height wide wide

inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm degree

60 1524 48 1219 36 914 18 457 23 573 0 0

38.6

72 1829 58 1463 43 1097 22 549 28 700 0 0 38.1

80 2032 64 1626 48 1219 24 610 31 784 0 0 37.9

84 2134 67 1707 50 1280 25 640 33 827 0 0 37.7

90 2286 72 1829 54 1372 27 686 35 890 0 0 37.6

100 2540 80 2032 60 1524 30 762 39 996 0 0 37.4

110 2794 88 2235 66 1676 33 838 43 1101 0 0 37.3

[M300WS/M260WS]

Screen Size



Diagonal Width Height wide wide

inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm degree

56.2 1427 48 1211 30 757 18 454 22 569 3 76 38.6

60 1524 51 1292 32 808 19 485 24 611 3 81 38.4

70 1778 59 1508 37 942 22 565 28 723 4 94 38.0

80 2032 68 1723 42 1077 25 646 33 835 4 108 37.7

90 2286 76 1939 48 1212 29 727 37 947 5 121 37.5

100 2540 85 2154 53 1346 32 808 42 1059 5 135 37.3

104 2642 88 2240 55 1400 33 840 43 1104 6 140 37.3

103

6. Installation and Connections

WARNING

*฀Installing฀your฀projector฀on฀the฀ceiling฀must฀be฀done฀

by฀a฀qualied฀technician.฀Contact฀your฀NEC฀dealer฀for฀

more฀information.

*฀Do฀not฀attempt฀to฀install฀the฀projector฀yourself.

•฀Only฀use฀your฀projector฀on฀a฀solid,฀level฀surface.฀If฀the฀

projector฀falls฀to฀the฀ground,฀you฀can฀be฀injured฀and฀

the฀projector฀severely฀damaged.

•฀Do฀not฀use฀the฀projector฀where฀temperatures฀vary฀

greatly.฀The฀projector฀must฀be฀used฀at฀temperatures฀

between฀41°F฀(5°C)฀and฀104°F฀(40°C)฀(Eco฀mode฀se-

lected฀automatically฀at฀95°F฀to฀104°F/35°C฀to฀40°C).

•฀Do฀not฀expose฀the฀projector฀to฀moisture,฀dust,฀or฀

smoke.฀This฀will฀harm฀the฀screen฀image.

•฀Ensure฀that฀you฀have฀adequate฀ventilation฀around฀your฀

projector฀so฀heat฀can฀dissipate.฀Do฀not฀cover฀the฀vents฀

on฀the฀side฀or฀the฀front฀of฀the฀projector.

Reecting฀the฀Image

Using฀a฀mirror฀to฀reect฀your฀projector’s฀image฀enables฀

you฀to฀enjoy฀a฀much฀larger฀image฀when฀a฀smaller฀space฀

is฀required.฀Contact฀your฀NEC฀dealer฀if฀you฀need฀a฀mirror฀

system.฀If฀you’re฀using฀a฀mirror฀system฀and฀your฀image฀

is฀inverted,฀use฀the฀MENU฀and฀ buttons on your

projector฀cabinet฀or฀your฀remote฀control฀to฀correct฀the฀

orientation.฀(฀page฀

85)

104

6. Installation and Connections

COMPUTER 1 IN COMPUTER 1 IN

HDMI INUSB(PC)AUDIO IN

HDMI IN

USB(PC)

Computer cable (VGA) (supplied)

To mini D-Sub 15-pin connector on the projector. It is

recommended that you use a commercially avail-

able distribution ampliﬁer if connecting a signal cable

longer than the cable supplied.

A commercially available

USB cable

(compatible with USB 2.0

speciﬁcations)

NOTE:฀For฀Macintosh,฀use฀a฀commercially฀available฀pin฀adapter฀(not฀

supplied)฀to฀connect฀to฀your฀Mac’s฀video฀port.

Stereo mini-plug

audio cable (not

supplied)

 Making Connections

NOTE:฀When฀using฀with฀a฀notebook฀PC,฀be฀sure฀to฀connect฀the฀projector฀and฀notebook฀PC฀while฀the฀projector฀is฀in฀standby฀mode฀

and฀before฀turning฀on฀the฀power฀to฀the฀notebook฀PC.

In฀most฀cases฀the฀output฀signal฀from฀the฀notebook฀PC฀is฀not฀turned฀on฀unless฀connected฀to฀the฀projector฀before฀being฀powered฀up.

*฀If฀the฀screen฀goes฀blank฀while฀using฀your฀remote฀control,฀it฀may฀be฀the฀result฀of฀the฀computer’s฀screen-saver฀or฀power฀manage-

ment฀software.

Enabling the computer’s external display

Displaying฀an฀image฀on฀the฀notebook฀PC’s฀screen฀does฀not฀necessarily฀mean฀it฀outputs฀a฀signal฀to฀the฀projector.

When฀using฀a฀PC฀compatible฀laptop,฀a฀combination฀of฀function฀keys฀will฀enable/disable฀the฀external฀display.

Usually,฀the฀combination฀of฀the฀“Fn”฀key฀along฀with฀one฀of฀the฀12฀function฀keys฀gets฀the฀external฀display฀to฀come฀on฀

or฀off.฀For฀example,฀NEC฀laptops฀use฀Fn฀+฀F3,฀while฀Dell฀laptops฀use฀Fn฀+฀F8฀key฀combinations฀to฀toggle฀through฀

external฀display฀selections.

Connecting Your Computer

NOTE:฀Signals฀supported฀by฀Plug฀&฀Play฀(DDC2)

INPUT

COMPUTER 1 IN COMPUTER 2 IN HDMI

analog analog digital

Yes Yes Yes

HDMI cable (not supplied)

Use High Speed HDMI

Cable.

NOTE:฀The฀M420XV฀does฀not฀come฀with฀the฀

AUDIO฀IN฀connector฀(stereo฀mini฀jack).

M420XV

105

6. Installation and Connections

•฀Select฀the฀source฀name฀for฀its฀appropriate฀input฀connector฀after฀turning฀on฀the฀projector.

Input฀connector

SOURCE฀button฀on฀the฀projector฀

cabinet

Button฀on฀the฀remote฀control

COMPUTER฀1฀IN

฀COMPUTER฀1(COMPUTER฀1)

COMPUTER฀2฀IN

฀COMPUTER฀2(COMPUTER฀2)

HDMI฀IN

฀HDMIHDMI

USB฀(PC)

฀USB฀DISPLAY(USB฀DISPLAY)

NOTE:฀The฀projector฀is฀not฀compatible฀with฀video฀decoded฀outputs฀of฀the฀NEC฀ISS-6020฀switcher.

NOTE:฀An฀image฀may฀not฀be฀displayed฀correctly฀when฀a฀Video฀or฀S-Video฀source฀is฀played฀back฀via฀a฀commercially฀available฀scan฀

converter.฀

This฀is฀because฀the฀projector฀will฀process฀a฀video฀signal฀as฀a฀computer฀signal฀at฀the฀default฀setting.฀In฀that฀case,฀do฀the฀following.

*฀When฀an฀image฀is฀displayed฀with฀the฀lower฀and฀upper฀black฀portion฀of฀the฀screen฀or฀a฀dark฀image฀is฀not฀displayed฀correctly:

฀Project฀an฀image฀to฀ll฀the฀screen฀and฀then฀press฀the฀AUTO฀ADJ.฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀or฀the฀projector฀cabinet.

NOTE:฀When฀Viewing฀a฀DVI฀Digital฀Signal

•฀Use฀a฀DVI-to-HDMI฀cable฀compliant฀with฀DDWG฀(Digital฀Display฀Working฀Group)฀DVI฀(Digital฀Visual฀Interface)฀revision฀1.0฀stan-

dard.฀The฀cable฀should฀be฀within฀197"/5฀m฀long.

•฀Turn฀off฀the฀projector฀and฀the฀PC฀before฀connecting฀the฀DVI-to-HDMI฀cable.

•฀To฀project฀a฀DVI฀digital฀signal:฀Connect฀the฀cables,฀turn฀the฀projector฀on,฀then฀select฀the฀HDMI฀input.฀Finally,฀turn฀on฀your฀PC.

฀Failure฀to฀do฀so฀may฀not฀activate฀the฀digital฀output฀of฀the฀graphics฀card฀resulting฀in฀no฀picture฀being฀displayed.฀Should฀this฀happen,฀

restart฀your฀PC.

•฀Some฀graphics฀cards฀have฀both฀analog฀RGB฀(15-pin฀D-Sub)฀and฀DVI฀(or฀DFP)฀outputs.฀Use฀of฀the฀15-pin฀D-Sub฀connector฀may฀

result฀in฀no฀picture฀being฀displayed฀from฀the฀digital฀output฀of฀the฀graphics฀card.

•฀Do฀not฀disconnect฀the฀DVI-to-HDMI฀cable฀while฀the฀projector฀is฀running.฀If฀the฀signal฀cable฀has฀been฀disconnected฀and฀then฀

reconnected,฀an฀image฀may฀not฀be฀correctly฀displayed.฀Should฀this฀happen,฀restart฀your฀PC.

NOTE:฀When฀[VIEWER],฀[NETWORK],฀or฀[USB฀DISPLAY]฀is฀selected฀for฀[SOURCE],฀sound฀from฀the฀COMPUTER฀2฀AUDIO฀IN฀mini฀

jack฀will฀be฀output฀through฀the฀speaker.

NOTE:฀HDMI฀input฀signal

Disconnecting฀and฀connecting฀the฀HDMI฀cable฀may฀result฀in฀no฀picture฀being฀displayed฀from฀the฀HDMI฀equipment฀while฀the฀projec-

tor฀is฀running.฀

Should฀this฀happen,฀select฀the฀HDMI฀input฀again.฀

<Two฀ways฀to฀select฀the฀HDMI฀input>฀

•฀Press฀the฀HDMI฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control.฀

•฀Press฀the฀MENU฀button฀on฀the฀projector฀cabinet,฀then฀select฀[HDMI]฀from฀[SOURCE].฀

106

6. Installation and Connections

Connecting an External Monitor

You฀can฀connect฀a฀separate,฀external฀monitor฀to฀your฀projector฀to฀simultaneously฀view฀on฀a฀monitor฀the฀computer฀

analog฀image฀you’re฀projecting.

NOTE:

•฀Daisy฀chain฀connection฀is฀not฀possible.

•฀When฀audio฀equipment฀is฀connected,฀the฀projector฀speaker฀is฀disabled.

•฀The฀M420XV฀does฀not฀come฀with฀the฀AUDIO฀OUT฀connector฀(stereo฀mini฀jack).

AUDIO

PHONE

MONITOR OUT (COMP. 1)

AUDIO OUT

MONITOR OUT (COMP. 1)

Com-

puter cable

(VGA)

(supplied)

Stereo mini-plug

audio cable (not

supplied)

Computer cable (VGA)

(not supplied)

M420XV

107

6. Installation and Connections

Connecting Your DVD Player or Other AV Equipment

Connecting฀Video/S-Video฀Input

•฀Select฀the฀source฀name฀for฀its฀appropriate฀input฀connector฀after฀turning฀on฀the฀projector.

Input฀connector

SOURCE฀button฀on฀the฀projector฀

cabinet

Button฀on฀the฀remote฀control

VIDEO฀IN

฀VIDEO

(VIDEO)

S-VIDEO฀IN

฀S-VIDEO

(S-VIDEO)

NOTE:

•฀The฀AUDIO฀IN฀L฀and฀R฀jacks฀(RCA)฀are฀shared฀between฀the฀Video฀and฀S-Video฀inputs.

•฀The฀M420XV฀does฀not฀come฀with฀the฀AUDIO฀IN฀connectors฀(RCA).

NOTE:฀Refer฀to฀your฀VCR฀owner’s฀manual฀for฀more฀information฀about฀your฀equipment’s฀video฀output฀requirements.

NOTE:฀An฀image฀may฀not฀be฀displayed฀correctly฀when฀a฀Video฀or฀S-Video฀source฀is฀played฀back฀in฀fast-forward฀or฀fast-rewind฀via฀

a฀scan฀converter.

AUDIO OUTVIDEO OUT

S-VIDEO VIDEO LR

AUDIO IN

S-VIDEO IN

VIDEO IN

S-VIDEO IN

VIDEO IN

AUDIO IN

Audio cable (not supplied)

S-Video cable (not supplied)

Video cable (not supplied)

Audio equipment

Audio cable (not supplied)

M420XV

108

6. Installation and Connections

Connecting Component Input

฀A฀component฀signal฀will฀be฀automatically฀displayed.฀If฀not,฀from฀the฀menu,฀select฀[SETUP]฀฀[OPTIONS(1)]฀

[SIGNAL฀SELECT]฀฀[COMPUTER1]฀or฀[COMPUTER2],฀and฀then฀place฀a฀check฀mark฀in฀the฀Component฀radio฀

button.

•฀Select฀the฀source฀name฀for฀its฀appropriate฀input฀connector฀after฀turning฀on฀the฀projector.

Input฀connector

SOURCE฀button฀on฀the฀projector฀

cabinet

Button฀on฀the฀remote฀control

COMPUTER฀1฀IN

฀COMPUTER฀1(COMPUTER฀1)

COMPUTER฀2฀IN

฀COMPUTER฀2(COMPUTER฀2)

NOTE:฀Refer฀to฀your฀DVD฀player’s฀owner’s฀manual฀for฀more฀information฀about฀your฀DVD฀player’s฀video฀output฀requirements.

NOTE:฀The฀M420XV฀does฀not฀come฀with฀the฀AUDIO฀IN฀connector.

AUDIO฀IN

AUDIO฀OUT

Component

YCbCr

AUDIO฀IN

COMPUTER฀1฀IN

Audio cable (not supplied)

15-pin - to - RCA (female) × 3

cable adapter (ADP-CV1E)

Stereo mini plug - to - RCA

audio cable (not supplied)

Component video

RCA × 3 cable (not

supplied)

DVD player

Audio Equipment

M420XV

109

6. Installation and Connections

AUDIO IN

AUDIO OUT

VIDEO OUT

HDMI OUT

S-VIDEO VIDEO

HDMI Output

HDMIHDMI

HD MI

HDMI IN HDMI IN

Connecting HDMI Input

You฀can฀connect฀the฀HDMI฀output฀of฀your฀DVD฀player,฀hard฀disk฀player,฀Blu-ray฀player,฀or฀notebook฀type฀PC฀to฀the฀

HDMI฀IN฀connector฀of฀your฀projector.

NOTE:฀The฀HDMI฀IN฀connector฀supports฀Plug฀&฀Play฀(DDC2B).

Audio cable (not supplied)

HDMI cable (not supplied)

Use High Speed HDMI

Cable.

Input฀connector

SOURCE฀button฀on฀the฀projector฀

cabinet

Button฀on฀the฀remote฀control

HDMI฀IN

฀HDMIHDMI

TIP:฀For฀users฀of฀audio฀video฀equipment฀with฀an฀HDMI฀connector:

Select฀“Enhanced”฀rather฀than฀“Normal”฀if฀HDMI฀output฀is฀switchable฀between฀“Enhanced”฀and฀“Normal”.

This฀will฀provide฀improved฀image฀contrast฀and฀more฀detailed฀dark฀areas.

For฀more฀information฀on฀settings,฀refer฀to฀the฀instruction฀manual฀of฀the฀audio฀video฀equipment฀to฀be฀connected.

•฀When฀connecting฀the฀HDMI฀IN฀connector฀of฀the฀projector฀to฀the฀DVD฀player,฀the฀projector’s฀video฀level฀can฀be฀

made฀settings฀in฀accordance฀with฀the฀DVD฀player’s฀video฀level.฀In฀the฀menu฀select฀[HDMI฀SETTINGS]฀฀[VIDEO฀

LEVEL]฀and฀make฀necessary฀settings.

•฀If฀the฀HDMI฀input฀sound฀cannot฀be฀heard,฀in฀the฀menu฀select฀[HDMI฀SETTINGS]฀฀[AUDIO฀SELECT]฀฀[HDMI].฀

Note฀that฀the฀[AUDIO฀SELECT]฀is฀not฀available฀on฀M420XV.

M420XV

110

6. Installation and Connections

Connecting to a Wired LAN

The฀projector฀comes฀standard฀with฀a฀LAN฀port฀(RJ-45)฀which฀provides฀a฀LAN฀connection฀using฀a฀LAN฀cable.฀

To฀use฀a฀LAN฀connection,฀you฀are฀required฀to฀set฀the฀LAN฀on฀the฀projector฀menu.฀Select฀[SETUP]฀฀[WIRED฀LAN].฀

(฀page฀

91).

Example of LAN connection

Example฀of฀wired฀LAN฀connection

LAN

Server

Hub

LAN cable (not supplied)

NOTE:฀Use฀a฀Category฀5฀or฀higher฀LAN฀

cable.

111

6. Installation and Connections

Connecting to a Wireless LAN (Optional: NP02LM series)

The฀USB฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit฀also฀provides฀a฀wireless฀LAN฀connection.฀To฀use฀a฀wireless฀LAN฀connection,฀you฀are฀

required฀to฀assign฀an฀IP฀address฀to฀the฀projector.

Important:

•฀If฀you฀use฀the฀projector฀with฀the฀USB฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit฀in฀the฀area฀where฀the฀use฀of฀wireless฀LAN฀equipment฀is฀

prohibited,฀remove฀the฀USB฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit฀from฀the฀projector.

•฀Buy฀the฀appropriate฀USB฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit฀for฀your฀country฀or฀area.

NOTE:

•฀The฀green฀LED฀on฀the฀USB฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit฀ashes฀to฀show฀that฀the฀USB฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit฀is฀working.

•฀Your฀computer’s฀wireless฀LAN฀adapter฀(or฀unit)฀must฀be฀complied฀with฀Wi-Fi฀(IEEE802.11b/g/n)฀standard.

Flow฀of฀Setting฀Wireless฀LAN

Step฀1:฀Attach฀the฀USB฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit฀to฀the฀projector.

Step฀2:฀Connect฀the฀computer฀to฀the฀projector฀via฀wired฀LAN.฀(฀page฀

110)

฀Use฀the฀computer’s฀browser฀to฀display฀the฀projector’s฀HTTP฀server.฀(฀page฀44)

Step฀3:฀Use฀an฀HTTP฀server฀to฀set฀the฀wireless฀LAN.฀(฀page฀47)

฀Access฀the฀HTTP฀server฀function฀to฀set฀[NETWORK฀SETTINGS]฀฀[SETTINGS]฀฀[WIRELESS]฀

[EASY฀CONNECTION]฀,฀[PROFILE1]฀or฀[PROFILE2].

NOTE:

•฀To฀use฀the฀HTTP฀server฀function,฀the฀projector฀must฀be฀connected฀to฀a฀network.

฀First฀use฀the฀wired฀LAN฀to฀connect฀the฀projector฀to฀a฀network฀and฀then฀use฀the฀HTTP฀server฀to฀set฀the฀wireless฀LAN.

•฀After฀setting฀the฀wireless฀LAN฀by฀using฀the฀HTTP฀server,฀set฀[NETWORK฀SETTINGS]฀฀[SETTINGS]฀฀[WIRED]฀฀[DISABLE]

When฀switching฀to฀set฀on฀the฀projector฀after฀connecting฀to฀the฀wireless฀LAN:

Use฀the฀menu฀to฀set฀the฀wireless฀LAN฀connection฀for฀the฀projector.฀

(฀page฀

92)

Select฀[DISABLE],฀[EASY฀CONNECTION]฀,฀[PROFILE1]฀or฀[PROFILE2]฀you฀set฀from฀the฀HTTP฀server.

Attaching฀the฀USB฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit

NOTE:

•฀The฀USB฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit฀must฀be฀inserted฀into฀the฀USB฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit฀port฀in฀the฀correct฀direction.฀It฀cannot฀be฀inserted฀

in฀the฀reverse฀direction.฀If฀the฀USB฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit฀is฀inserted฀in฀the฀reverse฀direction฀with฀excessive฀force฀applied,฀the฀USB฀

port฀may฀break.

•฀Before฀touching฀the฀USB฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit,฀touch฀a฀metallic฀object฀(such฀as฀a฀door฀knob฀or฀aluminum฀window฀frame)฀to฀discharge฀

the฀static฀electricity฀from฀your฀body.

•฀Always฀insert฀or฀remove฀the฀USB฀Wireless฀LAN฀unit฀when฀the฀main฀power฀is฀turned฀off.฀Failure฀to฀do฀so฀may฀cause฀projector฀

malfunction฀or฀damage฀to฀the฀USB฀wireless฀LAN฀unit.฀If฀the฀projector฀will฀not฀work฀correctly,฀turn฀off฀the฀projector,฀disconnect฀

the฀power฀cord,฀and฀then฀connect฀it฀again.

•฀Do฀not฀insert฀other฀USB฀devices฀into฀the฀USB฀Wireless฀LAN฀unit฀port.฀Do฀not฀insert฀the฀USB฀Wireless฀LAN฀unit฀into฀the฀USB฀(PC)฀

port฀(Type฀B).

112

6. Installation and Connections

Prepare฀a฀Phillips฀screw฀driver฀beforehand.

1.฀Press฀the฀POWER฀button฀to฀turn฀off฀the฀projector฀and฀set฀it฀

into฀standby฀condition,฀and฀disconnect฀the฀power฀cord.

2.฀Remove฀the฀USB฀(LAN)฀port฀cover.

Loosen the screw securing the port cover.

฀•฀The฀screw฀is฀not฀removable.฀

3.฀Slowly฀insert฀the฀USB฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit฀into฀the฀USB฀(LAN)฀

port.

Remove the cap from the USB Wireless LAN Unit, and then insert

it with the surface (side of indicator) facing outward. Keep the cap

for later use.

NOTE:฀Do฀not฀force฀to฀insert฀the฀USB฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit.

4.฀Put฀the฀USB฀(LAN)฀port฀cover฀back฀into฀place.

Insert the catch of the USB (LAN) port cover into the groove of the

projector cabinet, and then tighten the screw to secure the port

cover.

To฀remove฀the฀USB฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit,฀disconnect฀the฀power฀cord฀

and฀use฀the฀above฀procedure.

NOTE:

•฀The฀green฀LED฀on฀the฀USB฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit฀ashes฀to฀show฀that฀Wireless฀

LAN฀Unit฀is฀working.฀If฀the฀USB฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit฀is฀incorrectly฀attached,฀

the฀blue฀LED฀will฀not฀ash.

•฀Do฀not฀press฀the฀button฀on฀the฀USB฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit.฀The฀button฀will฀not฀

work฀with฀this฀model.

WIRELESS

WIR

ELESS

WIRELESS

[M420X/M420XV/M350XS/M300XS/M260XS/

M300WS/M260WS]

113

6. Installation and Connections

Example฀of฀wireless฀LAN฀connection

(Network฀Type฀฀Infrastructure)

PC with wireless

LAN card inserted

PC with built-in wireless

LAN function

Wired LAN

Wireless access point

USB Wireless LAN Unit

To฀enable฀direct฀communication฀(i.e.,฀peer-to-peer)฀between฀personal฀computers฀and฀projectors,฀you฀need฀to฀

select฀the฀Ad฀Hoc฀mode.

Use฀the฀HTTP฀server฀function฀to฀make฀the฀settings.฀(฀page฀44)

PC with wireless

LAN card inserted

PC with built-in wireless

LAN function

Use฀the฀HTTP฀server฀function฀to฀make฀the฀settings.฀(฀page฀44)

Example฀of฀wireless฀LAN฀connection฀(Network฀Type฀฀Ad฀Hoc)

USB Wireless LAN Unit

114

6. Installation and Connections

Attaching the Optional Cable Cover (NP01CV)

An฀optional฀cable฀cover฀(NP01CV)฀is฀available฀for฀hiding฀cables.

The฀NP01CV฀cable฀cover฀is฀designed฀for฀use฀with฀the฀M420X,฀M420XV,฀M350XS,฀M300XS,฀M260XS,฀M300WS,฀and฀

M260WS.

CAUTION:

•฀Be฀sure฀to฀tighten฀the฀screws฀after฀attaching฀the฀cable฀cover.฀Failure฀to฀do฀so฀may฀cause฀the฀cable฀cover฀to฀come฀

off฀and฀fall,฀resulting฀in฀injury฀or฀damage฀to฀the฀cable฀cover.

•฀Do฀not฀put฀bundled฀cables฀in฀the฀cable฀cover.฀Failure฀to฀do฀so฀may฀damage฀the฀power฀cord,฀resulting฀a฀re.

Attaching฀the฀cable฀cover

Attach฀the฀cable฀cover฀after฀installing฀the฀projector฀on฀the฀ceiling฀and฀connecting฀cables.

Tool฀needed฀for฀attaching:

•฀Phillips฀screwdriver฀(plus-head)

1.฀Align฀two฀tabs฀on฀the฀outside฀of฀the฀cable฀cover฀with฀grooves฀of฀the฀projector฀and฀push฀the฀top฀end.

Tabs

•฀At฀the฀same฀time฀two฀tabs฀on฀the฀inside฀of฀the฀cable฀cover฀will฀be฀engaged฀in฀the฀responding฀grooves฀of฀the฀

projector.

NOTE:

•฀Be฀careful฀not฀to฀get฀cables฀caught฀in฀between฀the฀cable฀cover฀and฀the฀projector.

2.฀Tighten฀the฀cable฀cover฀screws.

•฀Be฀sure฀to฀tighten฀the฀screws.

Removing฀the฀cable฀cover

1.฀Loosen฀the฀cable฀cover฀screws฀until฀the฀Phillips฀screwdriver฀goes฀into฀a฀freewheeling฀condition฀

2. Remove the cable cover.

Push up the cable cover slightly and rotate it to release.

115

7. Maintenance

This฀section฀describes฀the฀simple฀maintenance฀procedures฀you฀should฀follow฀to฀clean฀the฀lters,฀the฀lens,฀the฀cabinet,฀

and฀to฀replace฀the฀lamp฀and฀the฀lters.

1 Cleaning the Filters

The฀air-lter฀sponge฀keeps฀dust฀and฀dirt฀from฀getting฀inside฀the฀projector฀and฀should฀be฀frequently฀cleaned.฀If฀the฀lter฀

is฀dirty฀or฀clogged,฀your฀projector฀may฀overheat.

NOTE:฀The฀message฀for฀lter฀cleaning฀will฀be฀displayed฀for฀one฀minute฀after฀the฀projector฀is฀turned฀on฀or฀off.฀When฀the฀message฀is฀

displayed,฀clean฀the฀lters.฀The฀time฀to฀clean฀the฀lters฀is฀set฀to฀[OFF]฀at฀time฀of฀shipment.

To฀cancel฀the฀message,฀press฀any฀button฀on฀the฀projector฀cabinet฀or฀the฀remote฀control.

The฀two-layer฀lter฀on฀the฀projector฀improves฀cooling฀and฀dust-proof฀capabilities฀compared฀with฀the฀conventional฀

models.

The฀outsides฀(intake฀side)฀of฀the฀rst฀and฀second฀layer฀lters฀remove฀dust.

To฀clean฀the฀lter,฀detach฀the฀lter฀unit฀and฀the฀lter฀cover.

Filter฀removal฀procedure฀is฀different฀depending฀on฀the฀model.

CAUTION

•฀Before฀cleaning฀the฀lters,฀turn฀off฀the฀projector,฀disconnect฀the฀power฀cord฀and฀then฀allow฀the฀cabinet฀to฀cool.฀

Failure฀to฀do฀so฀can฀result฀in฀electric฀shock฀or฀burn฀injuries.

[M350X/M300X/M260X/M230X/M300W/M260W]

1.฀Push฀the฀button฀to฀release฀the฀lter฀unit฀and฀pull฀it฀out.฀

2.฀Remove฀the฀lter฀cover.

The ﬁlter cover is ﬁxed at six separate mounting points.

Bow the ﬁlter cover by pushing the notch slightly until it re-

leases.

3.฀Remove฀the฀four฀lters฀and฀use฀a฀vacuum฀cleaner฀to฀

vacuum฀all฀the฀dust฀inside.

Get rid of dust in the accordion ﬁlter

NOTE:

•฀Whenever฀you฀vacuum฀the฀lter,฀use฀the฀soft฀brush฀attachment฀to฀

vacuum.฀This฀is฀to฀avoid฀damage฀to฀the฀lter.

•฀Do฀not฀wash฀the฀lter฀with฀water.฀Doing฀so฀can฀result฀in฀lter฀clog-

ging.

WIRELESS

Notch

Filter unit

Filter cover

Button

116

7. Maintenance

4.฀Remove฀dust฀from฀the฀lter฀unit฀and฀the฀lter฀cover.

Clean both outside and inside.

5.฀Attach฀the฀four฀lters฀to฀the฀lter฀unit฀and฀the฀lter฀cover.

Filter unit: Attach two hard honeycomb ﬁlters (large and small)

to the ﬁlter unit.

Filter cover: Attach two soft accordion ﬁlters (large and small)

to the ﬁlter cover.

The accordion ﬁlter has slits on it. Align these slits with the

protrusions of the ﬁlter cover.

6.฀Attach฀the฀lter฀cover฀back฀to฀the฀lter฀unit

Align the ﬁlter unit with the ﬁlter cover and push the six protru-

sions into place.

•฀Make฀sure฀all฀six฀mounting฀points฀are฀aligned฀properly.

7.฀Put฀the฀lter฀unit฀back฀to฀the฀projector฀cabinet.

Insert two catches of the tip of the ﬁlter unit into the groove of

the cabinet, and push the button to close the ﬁlter unit.

•฀Push฀the฀lter฀unit฀until฀it฀clicks฀into฀place.

8.฀Clear฀the฀lter฀usage฀hours.

Plug the power cord into the wall outlet, and then turn on the

projector.

From the menu, select [RESET]

 [CLEAR FILTER HOURS].

( page 97)

The interval time to clean the ﬁlters is set to [OFF] at time of

shipment. When using the projector as it is, you do not clear

the ﬁlter usage

WIRELESS

ButtonGroove

117

7. Maintenance

[M420X/M420XV/M350XS/M300XS/M260XS/M300WS/

M260WS]

1.฀Push฀up฀the฀buttons฀on฀the฀left฀and฀right฀to฀release฀the฀

lter฀unit฀and฀pull฀it฀out.

2.฀Remove฀the฀lter฀unit฀by฀pulling฀out฀the฀tab.

3.฀Remove฀the฀four฀lters.

(1) Turn the ﬁlter unit over and pull out the two soft accordion

ﬁlters (large and small).

(2) Push the left end of each ﬁlter and remove the hard two

honeycomb ﬁlters (large and small).

฀•฀฀The฀large฀lter฀cannot฀be฀removed฀by฀pushing฀on฀its฀right฀

end.

4.฀Use฀a฀vacuum฀cleaner฀to฀vacuum฀all฀the฀dust฀inside.

Get rid of dust in the accordion ﬁlter

NOTE:

•฀Whenever฀you฀vacuum฀the฀lter,฀use฀the฀soft฀brush฀attachment฀to฀

vacuum.฀This฀is฀to฀avoid฀damage฀to฀the฀lter.

•฀Do฀not฀wash฀the฀lter฀with฀water.฀Doing฀so฀can฀result฀in฀lter฀clog-

ging.

Filter cover

Filter unit

118

7. Maintenance

5.฀Remove฀dust฀from฀the฀lter฀unit฀and฀the฀lter฀cover.

Clean both outside and inside.

6.฀Attach฀the฀four฀lters฀to฀the฀lter฀unit.

(1) Insert the left end of each hard honeycomb ﬁlter (large and

small) ﬁrst and then the right end of each hard honeycomb

ﬁlter to the ﬁlter unit.

฀•฀฀The฀large฀lter฀cannot฀be฀installed฀if฀its฀right฀end฀is฀inserted฀

ﬁrst.

(2) Turn the ﬁlter unit over.

฀•฀฀Attach฀the฀two฀soft฀accordion฀lters฀(large฀and฀small).฀Each฀

accordion ﬁlter has a slit on it. Align the slit with each pro-

trusion of the ﬁlter unit.

7.฀Put฀the฀lter฀unit฀back฀to฀the฀projector฀cabinet.

฀Make฀sure฀that฀the฀lter฀unit฀is฀placed฀in฀the฀correct฀orienta

tion.

8.฀Put฀the฀lter฀cover฀back฀to฀the฀projector฀cabinet.

Insert two catches of the top side of the ﬁlter cover into the

groove of the cabinet, and push the buttons on the left and right

to close the ﬁlter cover.

•฀Push฀the฀lter฀cover฀until฀it฀clicks฀into฀place.

9.฀Clear฀the฀lter฀usage฀hours.

Plug the power cord into the wall outlet, and then turn on the

projector.

From the menu, select [RESET]

 [CLEAR FILTER HOURS].

(

 page 97)

The interval time to clean the ﬁlters is set to [OFF] at time of

shipment. When using the projector as it is, you do not clear

the ﬁlter usage

119

7. Maintenance

 Cleaning the Lens

•฀Turn฀off฀the฀projector฀before฀cleaning.

•฀The฀projector฀has฀a฀plastic฀lens.฀Use฀a฀commercially฀available฀plastic฀lens฀cleaner.

•฀Do฀not฀scratch฀or฀mar฀the฀lens฀surface฀as฀a฀plastic฀lens฀is฀easily฀scratched.

•฀Never฀use฀alcohol฀or฀glass฀lens฀cleaner฀as฀doing฀so฀will฀cause฀damage฀to฀the฀plastic฀lens฀surface.

[M350X/M300X/M260X/M230X/

M300W/M260W]

[M420X/M420XV][M350XS/M300XS/M260XS/

M300WS/M260WS]

 Cleaning the Cabinet

Turn฀off฀the฀projector,฀and฀unplug฀the฀projector฀before฀cleaning.

•฀Use฀a฀dry฀soft฀cloth฀to฀wipe฀dust฀off฀the฀cabinet.

฀If฀heavily฀soiled,฀use฀a฀mild฀detergent.฀

•฀Never฀use฀strong฀detergents฀or฀solvents฀such฀as฀alcohol฀or฀thinner.฀

•฀When฀cleaning฀the฀ventilation฀slits฀or฀the฀speaker฀using฀a฀vacuum฀cleaner,฀do฀not฀force฀the฀brush฀of฀the฀vacuum฀

cleaner฀into฀the฀slits฀of฀the฀cabinet.

Vacuum the dust off the ventilation slits.

•฀Clogged฀ventilation฀slits฀may฀cause฀a฀rise฀in฀฀the฀internal฀temperature฀of฀the฀projector,฀resulting฀in฀malfunction.

•฀Do฀not฀scratch฀or฀hit฀the฀cabinet฀with฀your฀ngers฀or฀any฀hard฀objects

•฀Contact฀your฀dealer฀for฀cleaning฀the฀inside฀of฀the฀projector.

NOTE:฀Do฀not฀apply฀volatile฀agent฀such฀as฀insecticide฀on฀the฀cabinet,฀the฀lens,฀or฀the฀screen.฀Do฀not฀leave฀a฀rubber฀or฀vinyl฀product฀

in฀prolonged฀contact฀with฀it.฀Otherwise฀the฀surface฀nish฀will฀be฀deteriorated฀or฀the฀coating฀may฀be฀stripped฀off.฀

120

7. Maintenance

 Replacing the Lamp and the Filters

When฀the฀lamp฀reaches฀the฀end฀of฀its฀life,฀the฀LAMP฀indicator฀in฀the฀cabinet฀will฀blink฀red฀and฀the฀message฀“THE฀

LAMP฀HAS฀REACHED฀THE฀END฀OF฀ITS฀USABLE฀LIFE.฀PLEASE฀REPLACE฀THE฀LAMP฀AND฀FILTER.”฀will฀appear฀

(*).฀Even฀though฀the฀lamp฀may฀still฀be฀working,฀replace฀the฀lamp฀to฀maintain฀the฀optimal฀projector฀performance.฀After฀

replacing฀the฀lamp,฀be฀sure฀to฀clear฀the฀lamp฀hour฀meter.฀(฀page฀

97)

CAUTION

•฀DO฀NOT฀TOUCH฀THE฀LAMP฀immediately฀after฀it฀has฀been฀used.฀It฀will฀be฀extremely฀hot.฀Turn฀the฀projector฀

off฀and฀then฀disconnect฀the฀power฀cord.฀Allow฀at฀least฀one฀hour฀for฀the฀lamp฀to฀cool฀before฀handling.

•฀Use฀the฀specied฀lamp฀for฀safety฀and฀performance.

•฀DO฀NOT฀REMOVE฀ANY฀SCREWS฀except฀one฀lamp฀cover฀screw฀and฀two฀lamp฀housing฀screws.฀You฀could฀receive฀

an฀electric฀shock.

•฀Do฀not฀break฀the฀glass฀on฀the฀lamp฀housing.

฀Keep฀nger฀prints฀off฀the฀glass฀surface฀on฀the฀lamp฀housing.฀Leaving฀nger฀prints฀on฀the฀glass฀surface฀might฀cause฀

an฀unwanted฀shadow฀and฀poor฀picture฀quality.

•฀The฀projector฀will฀turn฀off฀and฀go฀into฀standby฀mode฀when฀you฀continue฀to฀use฀the฀projector฀for฀another฀100฀hours฀

after฀the฀lamp฀has฀reached฀the฀end฀of฀its฀life.฀If฀this฀happens,฀be฀sure฀to฀replace฀the฀lamp.฀If฀you฀continue฀to฀use฀

the฀lamp฀after฀the฀lamp฀reaches฀the฀end฀of฀its฀life,฀the฀lamp฀bulb฀may฀shatter,฀and฀pieces฀of฀glass฀may฀be฀scattered฀

in฀the฀lamp฀case.฀Do฀not฀touch฀them฀as฀the฀pieces฀of฀glass฀may฀cause฀injury.฀If฀this฀happens,฀contact฀your฀NEC฀

dealer฀for฀lamp฀replacement.

*NOTE:฀This฀message฀will฀be฀displayed฀under฀the฀following฀conditions:

•฀for฀one฀minute฀after฀the฀projector฀has฀been฀powered฀on

•฀when฀the฀

฀(POWER)฀button฀on฀the฀projector฀cabinet฀or฀the฀POWER฀OFF฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀is฀pressed

To฀turn฀off฀the฀message,฀press฀any฀button฀on฀the฀projector฀cabinet฀or฀the฀remote฀control.

Optional฀lamp฀and฀tools฀needed฀for฀replacement:

•฀Phillips฀screwdriver฀(plus-head)

•฀Replacement฀lamp:฀

NP15LP฀(M300X/M260X/M230X/M260W/M260XS)

NP16LP฀(M350X/M300W/M300XS/M260WS)

NP17LP฀(M420XM/M420XV/M350XS/M300WS)

Flow of Replacing the Lamp and the Filters

Step 1.฀Replace฀the฀lamp฀

Step 2.฀Replace฀the฀lters฀(฀page฀123)

Step 3.

฀Clear฀the฀lamp฀usage฀hours฀and฀the฀lter฀usage฀hours฀(฀page฀97)

121

7. Maintenance

2.฀Remove฀the฀lamp฀housing.

(1)฀Loosen฀the฀two฀screws฀securing฀the฀lamp฀housing฀until฀the฀phillips฀screwdriver฀goes฀into฀a฀freewheeling฀condi-

tion.

฀•฀The฀two฀screws฀are฀not฀removable.

฀•฀฀There฀is฀an฀interlock฀on฀this฀case฀to฀prevent฀the฀risk฀of฀electrical฀shock.฀Do฀not฀attempt฀to฀circumvent฀this฀

interlock.

(2)฀Remove฀the฀lamp฀housing฀by฀holding฀it.

Interlock

To replace the lamp:

1.฀Remove฀the฀lamp฀cover.

(1)฀Loosen฀the฀lamp฀cover฀screw

฀•฀The฀lamp฀cover฀screw฀is฀not฀removable.

(2)฀Push฀and฀slide฀the฀lamp฀cover฀off.

CAUTION:

Make฀sure฀that฀the฀lamp฀housing฀is฀cool฀

enough฀to฀before฀removing฀it.

[M420X/M420XV/M350XS/

M300XS/M260XS/M300WS/

M260WS]

122

7. Maintenance

This completes the lamp replacement.

Go฀on฀to฀the฀lter฀replacement.

NOTE:฀When฀you฀continue฀to฀use฀the฀projector฀for฀another฀100฀hours฀after฀the฀lamp฀has฀reached฀the฀end฀of฀its฀life,฀the฀projector฀

cannot฀turn฀on฀and฀the฀menu฀is฀not฀displayed.

If฀this฀happens,฀press฀the฀HELP฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀for฀10฀seconds฀to฀reset฀the฀lamp฀clock฀back฀to฀zero.

When฀the฀lamp฀time฀clock฀is฀reset฀to฀zero,฀the฀LAMP฀indicator฀goes฀out.

4.฀Reattach฀the฀lamp฀cover.

(1)฀Slide฀the฀lamp฀cover฀back฀until฀it฀snaps฀into฀place.

(2)฀Tighten฀the฀screw฀to฀secure฀the฀lamp฀cover.

฀•฀Be฀sure฀to฀tighten฀the฀screw.

3.฀Install฀a฀new฀lamp฀housing.

(1)฀Insert฀a฀new฀lamp฀housing฀until฀the฀lamp฀housing฀is฀plugged฀into฀the฀socket.฀

(2)฀Push฀the฀top฀center฀of฀the฀lamp฀housing฀to฀secure฀it.

(3)฀Secure฀it฀in฀place฀with฀the฀two฀screws.

฀•฀Be฀sure฀to฀tighten฀the฀screws.

[M420X/M420XV/M350XS/

M300XS/M260XS/M300WS/

M260WS]

123

7. Maintenance

To฀replace฀the฀lters:

Filter฀removal฀procedure฀is฀different฀depending฀on฀the฀model.฀Follow฀the฀procedure฀suitable฀for฀your฀model.

Four฀lters฀are฀packaged฀with฀the฀replacement฀lamp.

Honeycomb฀lter฀(coarse฀mesh):฀Large฀and฀small฀sizes฀(attached฀to฀the฀lter฀unit)

Accordion฀lter฀(ne฀mesh):฀Large฀and฀small฀sizes฀(attached฀to฀the฀lter฀cover)

NOTE:

•฀Replace฀all฀four฀lters฀at฀the฀same฀time.

•฀Before฀replacing฀the฀lters,฀wipe฀off฀dust฀and฀dirt฀from฀the฀projector฀cabinet.฀

•฀The฀projector฀is฀precision฀equipment.฀Keep฀out฀dust฀and฀dirt฀during฀lter฀replacement.

•฀Do฀not฀wash฀the฀lters฀with฀soap฀and฀water.฀Soap฀and฀water฀will฀damage฀the฀lter฀membrane.฀

•฀Put฀lters฀into฀place.฀Incorrect฀attachment฀of฀a฀lter฀may฀cause฀dust฀and฀dirt฀to฀get฀into฀the฀inside฀of฀the฀projector.฀

Before฀replacing฀the฀lters,฀replace฀the฀lamp.฀(฀page฀120)

[M350X/M300X/M260X/M230X/M300W/M260W]

1.฀Push฀the฀catch฀to฀release฀the฀lter฀unit฀and฀pull฀it฀out.

WIRELESS

2.฀Detach฀the฀lter฀cover฀from฀the฀lter฀unit.

The ﬁlter cover is ﬁxed at six separate mounting points.

Bow the ﬁlter cover by pushing it slightly until it releases.

Filter cover

Notch

Filter unit

124

7. Maintenance

3.฀Replace฀the฀four฀(4)฀lters

1. Remove the ﬁlter, and then clean the ﬁlter unit and the ﬁlter cover.

2. Attach new ﬁlters.

Filter unit: Attach two honeycomb ﬁlters (coarse mesh) to the ﬁlter unit.

Filter cover: Attach two accordion ﬁlters (ﬁne mesh) to the ﬁlter cover.

The accordion ﬁlter has slits on it. Align these slits with the protrusions of the ﬁlter cover.

4.฀Attach฀the฀lter฀cover฀back฀to฀the฀lter฀unit

Align the ﬁlter unit with the ﬁlter cover and push the protrusions into place.

฀•฀฀Make฀sure฀all฀six฀mounting฀points฀are฀aligned฀properly.

5.฀Put฀the฀lter฀unit฀back฀to฀the฀projector฀cabinet.

Insert two catches of the tip of the ﬁlter unit into the groove of the cabinet.

฀Push฀the฀lter฀unit฀until฀it฀clicks฀into฀place.

WIRELESS

This฀completes฀the฀lter฀replacement.

Go฀on฀to฀the฀clearing฀lamp฀and฀lter฀hour฀meters.

125

7. Maintenance

For฀standard฀and฀short-throw฀models

[M420X/M420XV/M350XS/M300XS/M260XS/M300WS/M260WS]

1.฀Push฀up฀the฀buttons฀on฀the฀left฀and฀right฀to฀release฀the฀lter฀unit฀and฀pull฀it฀out.

2.฀Remove฀the฀lter฀unit฀by฀pulling฀out฀the฀tab.

3.฀Remove฀the฀four฀lters.

(1) Turn the ﬁlter unit over and pull out the two soft accordion ﬁlters (large and small).

(2) Push the left end of each ﬁlter and remove the hard two honeycomb ﬁlters (large and small).

฀•฀The฀large฀lter฀cannot฀be฀removed฀by฀pushing฀on฀its฀right฀end.

Filter cover

Filter unit

126

7. Maintenance

4.฀Remove฀dust฀from฀the฀lter฀unit฀and฀the฀lter฀cover.

Clean both outside and inside.

5.฀Attach฀four฀new฀lters฀to฀the฀lter฀unit.

(1) Insert the left end of each hard honeycomb ﬁlter (large and small) ﬁrst and then the right end of each hard

honeycomb ﬁlter to the ﬁlter unit.

฀•฀฀The฀large฀lter฀cannot฀be฀installed฀if฀its฀right฀end฀is฀inserted฀rst.

(2) Turn the ﬁlter unit over.

฀•฀฀Attach฀the฀two฀soft฀accordion฀lters฀(large฀and฀small).฀Each฀accordion฀lter฀has฀a฀slit฀on฀it.฀Align฀the฀slit฀with฀

each protrusion of the ﬁlter unit.

6.฀Put฀the฀lter฀unit฀back฀to฀the฀projector฀cabinet.

฀Make฀sure฀that฀the฀lter฀unit฀is฀placed฀in฀the฀correct฀orientation.

7.฀Put฀the฀lter฀cover฀back฀to฀the฀projector฀cabinet.

Insert two catches of the top side of the ﬁlter cover into the groove of the cabinet, and push the buttons on the left

and right to close the ﬁlter cover.

฀Push฀the฀lter฀cover฀until฀it฀clicks฀into฀place.

This฀completes฀the฀lter฀replacement.

Go฀on฀to฀the฀clearing฀lamp฀and฀lter฀hour฀meters.

To฀clear฀the฀lamp฀usage฀hours฀and฀the฀lter฀usage฀hours:

1.฀Place฀the฀projector฀where฀you฀use฀it.

2.฀Plug฀the฀power฀cord฀into฀the฀wall฀outlet,฀and฀then฀turn฀on฀the฀projector.

3.฀Clear฀the฀lamp฀usage฀hours฀and฀the฀lter฀usage฀hours.

1. From the menu, select [RESET]  [CLEAR LAMP HOURS] and reset the lamp usage hours.

2. Select [CLEAR FILTER HOURS].and reset the ﬁlter usage hours. (

 page 97)

127

8. Appendix

1 Troubleshooting

This฀section฀helps฀you฀resolve฀problems฀you฀may฀encounter฀while฀setting฀up฀or฀using฀the฀projector.

Indicator Messages

Power Indicator

Indicator Condition Projector฀ConditionNote

Off The main power is off

–

Blinking light Blue

0.5 sec On,

0.5 sec Off

The projector is getting ready to turn on. Wait for a moment.

2.5 sec On,

0.5 sec Off

Off Timer is enabled.

–

Steady light Blue The projector is turned on.

–

Orange [NORMAL] is selected for [STANDBY MODE]

–

Red [POWER-SAVING] is selected for [STANDBY

MODE]

–

Status Indicator

Indicator Condition Projector฀ConditionNote

Off

Normal or Standby ([POWER-SAVING] for

[STANDBY MODE])

–

Blinking light Red

1 cycle (0.5 sec

On, 2.5 sec Off)

Lamp cover error or lamp housing error Replace the lamp cover or lamp housing correctly.

2 cycle (0.5 sec

On, 0.5 sec Off)

Temperature error The projector is overheated. Move the projector to

a cooler location.

3 cycle (0.5 sec

On, 0.5 sec Off)

Power error Power unit is not working properly. Contact your

dealer.

4 cycle (0.5 sec

On, 0.5 sec Off)

Fan error Fans will not work correctly.

6 cycle (0.5 sec

On, 0.5 sec Off)

Lamp error Lamp fails to light. Wait a full minute and then turn

on again.

9 cycle (0.5 sec

On, 0.5 sec Off)

[DYNAMIC CONTRAST] error Dynamic Contrast function is not working properly.

Contact your dealer.

Orange

1 cycle (0.5 sec

On, 2.5 sec Off)

Network conﬂict

Both the built-in wired LAN and the wireless LAN can-

not be connected to the same network at the same

time.

To use both built-in wired LAN and wireless LAN at

the same time, connect them to different networks.

Green Re-firing the lamp (The projector is cooling

down.)

The projector is re-ﬁring.

Wait for a moment.

Steady฀light

Green

Standby ([NORMAL] for [STANDBY MODE])

–

Orange

CONTROL PANEL LOCK is on. You have pressed cabinet button when Control

Panel Lock is on.

CONTROL ID error Remote control ID and projector ID are not

matched.

Lamp Indicator

Indicator Condition Projector฀ConditionNote

Off Normal

–

Blinking light Red Lamp has reached its end of life. Lamp replace-

ment message will be displayed.

Replace the lamp.

Steady light Red Lamp has been used beyond its limit. The projector

will not turn on until the lamp is replaced.

Replace the lamp.

Green [ECO MODE] is set to [AUTO ECO], [ECO1], or

[ECO2]

–

Over-Temperature฀Protection

If฀the฀temperature฀inside฀the฀projector฀rises฀too฀high,฀the฀over-temperature฀protector฀will฀automatically฀turn฀off฀the฀lamp฀

with฀the฀STATUS฀indicator฀blinking฀(2-cycle฀On฀and฀Off.)

Should฀this฀happen,฀do฀the฀following:

•฀Unplug฀the฀power฀cord฀after฀the฀cooling฀fans฀stop.

•฀Move฀the฀projector฀to฀a฀cooler฀location฀if฀the฀room฀where฀you฀are฀presenting฀is฀particularly฀too฀warm.

•฀Clean฀the฀ventilation฀holes฀if฀they฀are฀clogged฀with฀dust.

•฀Wait฀about฀60฀minutes฀until฀the฀inside฀of฀the฀projector฀becomes฀cool฀enough.

128

8. Appendix

Common Problems & Solutions

(฀“Power/Status/Lamp฀Indicator”฀on฀page฀

127.)

ProblemCheck฀These฀Items

Does not turn on

or shut down

•฀ Check฀that฀the฀power฀cord฀is฀plugged฀in฀and฀that฀the฀power฀button฀on฀the฀projector฀cabinet฀or฀the฀remote฀control฀

is on. ( pages 15, 16)

•฀ Ensure฀that฀the฀lamp฀cover฀is฀installed฀correctly.฀( page 122)

•฀ Check฀to฀see฀if฀the฀projector฀has฀overheated.฀If฀there฀is฀insufcient฀ventilation฀around฀the฀projector฀or฀if฀the฀room฀

where you are presenting is particularly warm, move the projector to a cooler location.

•฀ Check฀to฀see฀if฀you฀continue฀to฀use฀the฀projector฀for฀another฀100฀hours฀after฀the฀lamp฀has฀reached฀the฀end฀of฀its฀

life. If so, replace the lamp. After replacing the lamp, reset the lamp hours used. ( page 120)

•฀ The฀lamp฀may฀fail฀to฀light.฀Wait฀a฀full฀minute฀and฀then฀turn฀on฀the฀power฀again.

•฀ Set฀[FAN฀MODE]฀to฀[HIGH฀ALTITUDE]฀when฀using฀the฀projector฀at฀altitudes฀approximately฀5500฀feet/1600฀meters฀

or higher. Using the projector at altitudes approximately 5500 feet/1600 meters or higher without setting to [HIGH

ALTITUDE] can cause the projector to overheat and the projector could shut down. If this happens, wait a couple

minutes and turn on the projector. ( page 87)

If you turn on the projector immediately after the lamp is turned off, the fans run without displaying an image for

some time and then the projector will display the image. Wait for a moment.

Will turn off •฀ Ensure฀that฀the฀[OFF฀TIMER]฀or฀[AUTO฀POWER฀OFF]฀is฀off.฀( page 83, 90)

No picture

•฀ Use฀the฀COMPUTER1,฀the฀COMPUTER2,฀the฀VIDEO฀or฀the฀S-VIDEO฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀to฀select฀your฀

source (Computer, Video or S-Video). ( page

18) If there is still no picture, press the button again.

•฀ Ensure฀your฀cables฀are฀connected฀properly.

•฀ Use฀menus฀to฀adjust฀the฀brightness฀and฀contrast.฀( page 76)

•฀ Ensure฀that฀the฀lens฀cover฀is฀open.฀( page 7)

•฀ Reset฀the฀settings฀or฀adjustments฀to฀factory฀preset฀levels฀using฀the฀[RESET]฀in฀the฀Menu.฀( page 97)

•฀ Enter฀your฀registered฀keyword฀if฀the฀Security฀function฀is฀enabled.฀( page 32)

•฀ Be฀sure฀to฀connect฀the฀projector฀and฀notebook฀PC฀while฀the฀projector฀is฀in฀standby฀mode฀and฀before฀turning฀on฀

the power to the notebook PC.

In most cases the output signal from the notebook PC is not turned on unless connected to the projector before

being powered up.

* If the screen goes blank while using your remote control, it may be the result of the computer’s screen-saver

or power management software.

•฀ See฀also฀the฀next page.

Picture suddenly

becomes dark

•฀ Check฀if฀the฀projector฀is฀in฀the฀Forced฀ECO฀mode฀because฀of฀too฀high฀ambient฀temperature.฀If฀this฀is฀the฀case,฀

lower the internal temperature of the projector by selecting [HIGH] for [FAN MODE]. ( page 87)

Color tone or hue is

unusual

•฀ Check฀if฀an฀appropriate฀color฀is฀selected฀in฀[WALL฀COLOR].฀If฀so,฀select฀an฀appropriate฀option.฀( page

82)

•฀ Adjust฀[HUE]฀in฀[PICTURE].฀( page 76)

Image isn’t square to

the screen

•฀ Reposition฀the฀projector฀to฀improve฀its฀angle฀to฀the฀screen.฀( page

19)

•฀ Use฀the฀Keystone฀correction฀function฀to฀correct฀the฀trapezoid฀distortion.฀( page 24)

Picture is blurred

•฀ Adjust฀the฀focus.฀( page

23)

•฀ Reposition฀the฀projector฀to฀improve฀its฀angle฀to฀the฀screen.฀( page 19)

•฀ Ensure฀that฀the฀distance฀between฀the฀projector฀and฀screen฀is฀within฀the฀adjustment฀range฀of฀the฀lens.

( page

101, 102)

•฀ Condensation฀may฀form฀on฀the฀lens฀if฀the฀projector฀is฀cold,฀brought฀into฀a฀warm฀place฀and฀is฀then฀turned฀on.฀

Should this happen, let the projector stand until there is no condensation on the lens.

Flicker appears on

screen

•฀ Set฀[FAN฀MODE]฀to฀other฀than฀[HIGH฀ALTITUDE]฀mode฀when฀using฀the฀projector฀at฀altitudes฀approximately฀5500฀

feet/1600 meters or lower. Using the projector at altitudes less than approximately 5500 feet/1600 meters and

setting to [HIGH ALTITUDE] can cause the lamp to overcool, causing the image to ﬂicker. Switch [FAN MODE] to

[AUTO]. ( page

87)

Image is scrolling

vertically, horizontally

or both

•฀ Check฀the฀computer’s฀resolution฀and฀frequency.฀Make฀sure฀that฀the฀resolution฀you฀are฀trying฀to฀display฀is฀supported฀

by the projector. ( page

140)

•฀ Adjust฀the฀computer฀image฀manually฀with฀the฀Horizontal/Vertical฀in฀the฀[IMAGE฀OPTIONS].฀( page 78)

Remote control does

not work

•฀ Install฀new฀batteries.( page

11)

•฀ Make฀sure฀there฀are฀no฀obstacles฀between฀you฀and฀the฀projector.

•฀ Stand฀within฀22฀feet฀(7฀m)฀of฀the฀projector.฀( page 11)

Indicator is lit or

blinking

•฀ See฀the฀POWER/STATUS/LAMP฀Indicator.฀( page

127)

Cross color in RGB

mode

•฀ Press฀the฀AUTO฀ADJ.฀button฀on฀the฀projector฀cabinet฀or฀the฀remote฀control.฀( page

26)

•฀ Adjust฀the฀computer฀image฀manually฀with฀[CLOCK]/[PHASE]฀in฀[IMAGE฀OPTIONS]฀in฀the฀menu.฀( page 77)

For฀more฀information฀contact฀your฀dealer.

129

8. Appendix

If there is no picture, or the picture is not displayed correctly.

•฀Power฀on฀process฀for฀the฀projector฀and฀the฀PC.

฀Be฀sure฀to฀connect฀the฀projector฀and฀notebook฀PC฀while฀the฀projector฀is฀in฀standby฀mode฀and฀before฀turning฀on฀

the฀power฀to฀the฀notebook฀PC.

฀In฀most฀cases฀the฀output฀signal฀from฀the฀notebook฀PC฀is฀not฀turned฀on฀unless฀connected฀to฀the฀projector฀before฀

being฀powered฀up.

NOTE:฀You฀can฀check฀the฀horizontal฀frequency฀of฀the฀current฀signal฀in฀the฀projector’s฀menu฀under฀Information.฀If฀it฀reads฀“0kHz”,฀

this฀means฀there฀is฀no฀signal฀being฀output฀from฀the฀computer.฀(฀page฀

95฀or฀go฀to฀next฀step)

•฀Enabling฀the฀computer’s฀external฀display.

฀Displaying฀an฀image฀on฀the฀notebook฀PC’s฀screen฀does฀not฀necessarily฀mean฀it฀outputs฀a฀signal฀to฀the฀projector.฀

When฀using฀a฀PC฀compatible฀laptop,฀a฀combination฀of฀function฀keys฀will฀enable/disable฀the฀external฀display.฀Usu-

ally,฀the฀combination฀of฀the฀“Fn”฀key฀along฀with฀one฀of฀the฀12฀function฀keys฀gets฀the฀external฀display฀to฀come฀on฀

or฀off.฀For฀example,฀NEC฀laptops฀use฀Fn฀+฀F3,฀while฀Dell฀laptops฀use฀Fn฀+฀F8฀key฀combinations฀to฀toggle฀through฀

external฀display฀selections.

•฀Non-standard฀signal฀output฀from฀the฀computer

฀If฀the฀output฀signal฀from฀a฀notebook฀PC฀is฀not฀an฀industry฀standard,฀the฀projected฀image฀may฀not฀be฀displayed฀

correctly.฀Should฀this฀happen,฀deactivate฀the฀notebook฀PC’s฀LCD฀screen฀when฀the฀projector฀display฀is฀in฀use.฀Each฀

notebook฀PC฀has฀a฀different฀way฀of฀deactivate/reactivate฀the฀local฀LCD฀screens฀as฀described฀in฀the฀previous฀step.฀

Refer฀to฀your฀computer’s฀documentation฀for฀detailed฀information.

•฀Image฀displayed฀is฀incorrect฀when฀using฀a฀Macintosh

฀When฀using฀a฀Macintosh฀with฀the฀projector,฀set฀the฀DIPswitch฀of฀the฀Mac฀adapter฀(not฀supplied฀with฀the฀projector)฀

according฀to฀your฀resolution.฀After฀setting,฀restart฀your฀Macintosh฀for฀the฀changes฀to฀take฀affect.

฀For฀setting฀display฀modes฀other฀than฀those฀supported฀by฀your฀Macintosh฀and฀the฀projector,฀changing฀the฀DIP฀switch฀

on฀a฀Mac฀adapter฀may฀bounce฀an฀image฀slightly฀or฀may฀display฀nothing.฀Should฀this฀happen,฀set฀the฀DIP฀switch฀

to฀the฀13"฀xed฀mode฀and฀then฀restart฀your฀Macintosh.฀After฀that,฀restore฀the฀DIP฀switches฀to฀a฀displayable฀mode฀

and฀then฀restart฀the฀Macintosh฀again.

NOTE:฀A฀Video฀Adapter฀cable฀manufactured฀by฀Apple฀Computer฀is฀needed฀for฀a฀PowerBook฀which฀does฀not฀have฀a฀mini฀D-Sub฀

15-pin฀connector.

•฀Mirroring฀on฀a฀PowerBook

*฀When฀using฀the฀projector฀with฀a฀Macintosh฀PowerBook,฀output฀may฀not฀be฀set฀to฀1024฀×฀768฀unless฀“mirroring”฀

is฀off฀on฀your฀PowerBook.฀Refer฀to฀owner’s฀manual฀supplied฀with฀your฀Macintosh฀computer฀for฀mirroring.

•฀Folders฀or฀icons฀are฀hidden฀on฀the฀Macintosh฀screen

฀Folders฀or฀icons฀may฀not฀be฀seen฀on฀the฀screen.฀Should฀this฀happen,฀select฀[View]฀฀[Arrange]฀from฀the฀Apple฀

menu฀and฀arrange฀icons.

130

8. Appendix

 Speciﬁcations

This฀section฀provides฀technical฀information฀about฀projector’s฀performance.

Model฀Number฀M350X/M300X/M260X/M230X/M300W/M260W

Optical

M350XM300XM260XM230XM300WM260W

LCD฀Panel0.63฀inch฀LCD฀with฀Micro฀Lens฀Array฀

(Aspect฀Ratio฀4:3)

0.63฀inch฀LCD฀(Aspect฀Ratio฀

4:3)

0.59฀inch฀LCD฀with฀Micro฀Lens฀

Array฀(Aspect฀Ratio฀16:10)

Resolution*

1024฀×฀768฀pixels฀(XGA)1280฀×฀800฀pixels฀(WXGA)

LensManual฀zoom฀and฀focus

Zoom฀Ratio฀=฀1.7

F1.7–2.1฀f฀=฀17.5–29.0฀mm

Lamp230฀W฀AC฀

(170฀W฀in฀ECO1)

180฀W฀AC฀

(145฀W฀in฀ECO1)

(90฀W฀in฀ECO2)

180฀W฀AC฀

(145฀W฀in฀

ECO1)

230฀W฀AC฀

(170฀W฀in฀

ECO1)

180฀W฀AC฀

(145฀W฀in฀

ECO1)

Light฀Output*

3500 lumens 3000 lumens 2600 lumens 2300 lumens 3000 lumens 2600 lumens

ECO1:฀75%ECO1:฀80%ECO1:฀80%ECO1:฀75%ECO1:฀80%

ECO2:฀50%

Contrast฀Ratio*

(full฀white:฀full฀black)

2000:1

Image฀Size฀(Diagonal)25–300฀inches/0.64฀m–7.6฀m

Projection฀Distance

(Min.–Max.)

26–543฀inches/0.65–13.8฀m27–573฀inches/0.69–14.6฀m฀

Projection฀Angle10.7°–11.4°฀(wide)/

6.5°–6.8°฀(tele)

10.8°–11.4°฀(wide)/

6.5°–6.8°฀(tele)

*1฀ Effective฀pixels฀are฀more฀than฀99.99%.

*2฀ This฀is฀the฀light฀output฀value฀(lumens)฀when฀the฀[PRESET]฀mode฀is฀set฀to฀[HIGH-BRIGHT].฀If฀any฀other฀mode฀is฀selected฀as฀the฀

[PRESET]฀mode,฀the฀light฀output฀value฀may฀drop฀slightly.

*3฀ Compliance฀with฀ISO21118-2005

Electrical

M350XM300XM260XM230XM300WM260W

Inputs

2฀×฀RGB/Component฀(D-Sub฀15฀P),฀1฀×฀HDMI฀Type฀A฀(HDMI

฀Connector)฀HDCP฀supported*

1฀×฀S-Video฀(DIN฀4฀P),฀1฀×฀Video฀(RCA),฀1฀×฀(L/R)฀RCA฀Audio,฀2฀×฀Stereo฀Mini฀Audio

Outputs1฀×฀RGB฀(D-Sub฀15P),฀1฀×฀Stereo฀Mini฀Audio

PC฀Control1฀×฀PC฀Control฀Port฀(D-Sub฀9P)

Wired฀LAN฀Port1฀×฀RJ-45฀(10BASE-T/100BASE-TX)

Wireless฀LAN฀Port฀

(Optional)

IEE฀802.11฀b/g/n฀(optional฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit฀[NP02LM฀Series]฀required)

USB฀Port1฀×฀Type฀A,฀1฀×฀Type฀B

Color฀Reproduction10-bit฀signal฀processing฀(1.07฀billion฀colors)฀(VIEWER,฀NETWORK:฀Colors,฀16.7฀million฀colors)

Compatible฀Signals*

Analog:฀VGA/SVGA/XGA/XGA+/WXGA/WXGA+/SXGA/SXGA+/UXGA฀

480i/480p/576i/576p/720p/1080i/1080p

HDMI:฀VGA/SVGA/XGA/WXGA/SXGA/480p/576p/720p/1080i/1080p

Video฀BandwidthRGB:฀80฀MHz฀(Max.)

Horizontal฀Resolution540฀TV฀lines:฀NTSC/NTSC4.43/PAL/PAL-M/PAL-N/PAL60

300฀TV฀lines:฀SECAM

Scan฀RateHorizontal:฀15฀kHz฀to฀100฀kHz฀(RGB:฀24฀kHz฀or฀over)

Vertical:฀50฀Hz฀to฀120฀Hz฀(HDMI:฀50฀Hz฀to฀85฀Hz)

Sync฀CompatibilitySeparate฀Sync

Built-in฀Speaker10W฀(monaural)

Power฀Requirement100–240V฀AC,฀50/60Hz

Input฀Current3.4–1.5 A 2.8–1.2 A 3.4–1.5 A 2.8–1.2 A

131

8. Appendix

Power฀

Consump-

tion

ECO฀

MODE฀

OFF฀

(NOR-

MAL)

311 W

(100-130฀V)/

302 W

(200-240฀V)

248฀W฀(100-130฀V)

239฀W฀(200-240฀V)

311 W

(100-130฀V)/

302 W

(200-240฀V)

248 W

(100-130฀V)/

239฀W฀

(200-240฀V)

ECO1฀

MODE

239฀W฀

(100-130฀V)/

236 W

(200-240฀V)

198฀W฀(100-130฀V)

193฀W฀(200-240฀V)

239฀W฀

(100-130฀V)/

236 W

(200-240฀V)

198฀W฀

(100-130฀V)/

193฀W฀

(200-240฀V)

ECO2฀

MODE

— 138฀W฀(100-130฀V)

136฀W฀(200-240฀V)

— — —

STANDBY฀

(NOR-

MAL)

8฀W฀(100-130฀V/200-240฀V)

STANDBY฀

(POWER-

SAVING)

0.2฀W฀(100-130฀V)/0.4฀W฀(200-240฀V)

*4฀ HDMI

฀(Deep฀Color,฀Lip฀Sync)฀with฀HDCP

฀What฀is฀HDCP/HDCP฀technology?

฀HDCP฀is฀an฀acronym฀for฀High-bandwidth฀Digital฀Content฀Protection.฀High฀bandwidth฀Digital฀Content฀Protection฀(HDCP)฀is฀a฀

system฀for฀preventing฀illegal฀copying฀of฀video฀data฀sent฀over฀a฀Digital฀Visual฀Interface฀(DVI).

฀If฀you฀are฀unable฀to฀view฀material฀via฀the฀HDMI฀input,฀this฀does฀not฀necessarily฀mean฀the฀projector฀is฀not฀functioning฀properly.฀With฀

the฀implementation฀of฀HDCP,฀there฀may฀be฀cases฀in฀which฀certain฀content฀is฀protected฀with฀HDCP฀and฀might฀not฀be฀displayed฀

due฀to฀the฀decision/intention฀of฀the฀HDCP฀community฀(Digital฀Content฀Protection,฀LLC).

*5฀ An฀image฀with฀higher฀or฀lower฀resolution฀than฀the฀projector’s฀native฀resolution฀(M350X/M300X/M260X/M230X:฀1024฀×฀768฀/฀

M300W/M260W:฀1280฀×฀800)฀will฀be฀displayed฀with฀Advanced฀AccuBlend.

Mechanical

M350XM300XM260XM230XM300WM260W

Installation

Orientation

Desktop/Front,฀Desktop/Rear,฀Ceiling/Front,฀Ceiling/Rear

Dimensions13.4"฀(W)฀×฀3.9"฀(H)฀×฀10.1"฀(D)฀/339฀mm฀(W)฀×฀99฀mm฀(H)฀×฀257฀mm฀(D)฀

(not฀including฀protrusions)

Weight6.59฀lbs/2.99฀kg6.39฀lbs/2.9฀kg6.59฀lbs/2.99฀

6.39฀lbs/2.9฀kg

Environmental฀

Considerations

Operational฀Temperatures฀:฀41°฀to฀104°F฀(5°฀to฀40°C),฀

(ECO฀mode฀selected฀automatically฀at฀95°F฀to฀104°F/35°C฀to฀40°C)฀

20%฀to฀80%฀humidity฀(non-condensing)฀

Storage฀Temperatures฀:฀14°฀to฀122°F฀(-10°฀to฀50°C),฀

20%฀to฀80%฀humidity฀(non-condensing)

RegulationsUL/C-UL฀Approved฀(UL฀60950-1,฀CSA฀60950-1)

Meets฀DOC฀Canada฀Class฀B฀requirements

Meets฀FCC฀Class฀B฀requirements

Meets฀AS/NZS฀CISPR.22฀Class฀B

Meets฀EMC฀Directive฀(EN55022,฀EN55024,฀EN61000-3-2,฀EN61000-3-3)

Meets฀Low฀Voltage฀Directive฀(EN60950-1,฀TÜV฀GS฀Approved)

132

8. Appendix

Model฀Number฀M420X/M420XV

Optical

M420XM420XV

LCD฀Panel0.63฀inch฀LCD฀with฀Micro฀Lens฀Array฀(Aspect฀Ratio฀4:3)

Resolution*

1024฀×฀768฀pixels฀(XGA)

LensManual฀zoom฀and฀focus

Zoom฀Ratio฀=฀1.7

F1.7–2.0฀f฀=฀19.8–23.7฀mm

Lamp265฀W฀AC฀

(195฀W฀in฀ECO1)

Light฀Output*

4200 lumens

ECO1:฀75%

Contrast฀Ratio*

(full฀white:฀full฀black)

2000:1

Image฀Size฀(Diagonal)25–300฀inches/0.64฀m–7.6฀m

Projection฀Distance

(Min.–Max.)

25–542฀inches/0.64–13.8฀m

Projection฀Angle10.7°–11.6°฀(wide)/

6.5°–6.8°฀(tele)

*1฀ Effective฀pixels฀are฀more฀than฀99.99%.

*2฀ This฀is฀the฀light฀output฀value฀(lumens)฀when฀the฀[PRESET]฀mode฀is฀set฀to฀[HIGH-BRIGHT].฀If฀any฀other฀mode฀is฀selected฀as฀the฀

[PRESET]฀mode,฀the฀light฀output฀value฀may฀drop฀slightly.

*3฀ Compliance฀with฀ISO21118-2005

Electrical

M420XM420XV

Inputs

2฀×฀RGB/Component฀(D-Sub฀15฀P),฀1฀×฀HDMI฀Type฀

A฀(HDMI

฀Connector)฀HDCP฀supported*

1฀×฀S-Video฀(DIN฀4฀P),฀1฀×฀Video฀(RCA),฀1฀×฀(L/R)฀

RCA฀Audio,฀2฀×฀Stereo฀Mini฀Audio

2฀×฀RGB/Component฀(D-Sub฀15฀P),฀1฀×฀HDMI฀Type฀

A฀(HDMI

฀Connector)฀HDCP฀supported*

1฀×฀S-Video฀(DIN฀4฀P),฀1฀×฀Video฀(RCA)

Outputs1฀×฀RGB฀(D-Sub฀15P),฀1฀×฀Stereo฀Mini฀Audio1฀×฀RGB฀(D-Sub฀15P)

PC฀Control1฀×฀PC฀Control฀Port฀(D-Sub฀9P)

Wired฀LAN฀Port1฀×฀RJ-45฀(10BASE-T/100BASE-TX)

Wireless฀LAN฀Port฀

(Optional)

IEE฀802.11฀b/g/n฀(optional฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit฀[NP02LM฀Series]฀required)

USB฀Port1฀×฀Type฀A,฀1฀×฀Type฀B

Color฀Reproduction10-bit฀signal฀processing฀(1.07฀billion฀colors)฀(VIEWER,฀NETWORK:฀Colors,฀16.7฀million฀colors)

Compatible฀Signals*

Analog:฀VGA/SVGA/XGA/XGA+/WXGA/WXGA+/SXGA/SXGA+/UXGA฀

480i/480p/576i/576p/720p/1080i/1080p

HDMI:฀VGA/SVGA/XGA/WXGA/SXGA/480p/576p/720p/1080i/1080p

Video฀BandwidthRGB:฀80฀MHz฀(Max.)

Horizontal฀Resolution540฀TV฀lines:฀NTSC/NTSC4.43/PAL/PAL-M/PAL-N/PAL60

300฀TV฀lines:฀SECAM

Scan฀RateHorizontal:฀15฀kHz฀to฀100฀kHz฀(RGB:฀24฀kHz฀or฀over)

Vertical:฀50฀Hz฀to฀120฀Hz฀(HDMI:฀50฀Hz฀to฀85฀Hz)

Sync฀CompatibilitySeparate฀Sync

Built-in฀Speaker10W฀(monaural)No฀speaker

Power฀Requirement100–240V฀AC,฀50/60Hz

Input฀Current3.9–1.7฀A

133

8. Appendix

Power฀

Consump-

tion

ECO฀

MODE฀

OFF฀

(NOR-

MAL)

358฀W฀(100-130฀V)

343฀W฀(200-240V)

ECO1฀

MODE

271฀W฀(100-130฀V)

264฀W฀(200-240V)

STANDBY฀

(NOR-

MAL)

8฀W฀(100-130฀V/200-240฀V)

STANDBY฀

(POWER-

SAVING)

0.2฀W฀(100-130฀V)/0.4฀W฀(200-240฀V)

*4฀ HDMI

฀(Deep฀Color,฀Lip฀Sync)฀with฀HDCP

฀What฀is฀HDCP/HDCP฀technology?

฀HDCP฀is฀an฀acronym฀for฀High-bandwidth฀Digital฀Content฀Protection.฀High฀bandwidth฀Digital฀Content฀Protection฀(HDCP)฀is฀a฀

system฀for฀preventing฀illegal฀copying฀of฀video฀data฀sent฀over฀a฀Digital฀Visual฀Interface฀(DVI).

฀If฀you฀are฀unable฀to฀view฀material฀via฀the฀HDMI฀input,฀this฀does฀not฀necessarily฀mean฀the฀projector฀is฀not฀functioning฀properly.฀With฀

the฀implementation฀of฀HDCP,฀there฀may฀be฀cases฀in฀which฀certain฀content฀is฀protected฀with฀HDCP฀and฀might฀not฀be฀displayed฀

due฀to฀the฀decision/intention฀of฀the฀HDCP฀community฀(Digital฀Content฀Protection,฀LLC).

*5฀ An฀image฀with฀higher฀or฀lower฀resolution฀than฀the฀projector’s฀native฀resolution฀(1024฀×฀768)฀will฀be฀displayed฀with฀Advanced฀

AccuBlend.

Mechanical

M420XM420XV

Installation

Orientation

Desktop/Front,฀Desktop/Rear,฀Ceiling/Front,฀Ceiling/Rear

Dimensions15.7"฀(W)฀×฀4.5"฀(H)฀×฀11.1"฀(D)฀/398฀mm฀(W)฀×฀115฀mm฀(H)฀×฀282฀mm฀(D)฀

(not฀including฀protrusions)

Weight7.9฀lbs/3.6฀kg7.7฀lbs/3.5฀kg

Environmental฀

Considerations

Operational฀Temperatures฀:฀41°฀to฀104°F฀(5°฀to฀40°C),฀

(ECO฀mode฀selected฀automatically฀at฀95°F฀to฀104°F/35°C฀to฀40°C)฀

20%฀to฀80%฀humidity฀(non-condensing)฀

Storage฀Temperatures฀:฀14°฀to฀122°F฀(-10°฀to฀50°C),฀

20%฀to฀80%฀humidity฀(non-condensing)

RegulationsUL/C-UL฀Approved฀(UL฀60950-1,฀CSA฀60950-1)

Meets฀DOC฀Canada฀Class฀B฀requirements

Meets฀FCC฀Class฀B฀requirements

Meets฀AS/NZS฀CISPR.22฀Class฀B

Meets฀EMC฀Directive฀(EN55022,฀EN55024,฀EN61000-3-2,฀EN61000-3-3)

Meets฀Low฀Voltage฀Directive฀(EN60950-1,฀TÜV฀GS฀Approved)

134

8. Appendix

Model฀Number฀M350XS/M300XS/M260XS/M300WS/M260WS

Optical

M350XSM300XSM260XSM300WSM260WS

LCD฀Panel0.63฀inch฀LCD฀with฀Micro฀Lens฀Array฀(Aspect฀Ratio฀4:3)0.59฀inch฀LCD฀with฀Micro฀Lens฀Array฀

(Aspect฀Ratio฀16:10)

Resolution*

1024฀×฀768฀pixels฀(XGA)1280฀×฀800฀pixels฀(WXGA)

LensDigital฀zoom฀and฀manual฀focus

Digital฀Zoom฀Ratio฀=฀1.2

F2.0฀f฀=฀6.4฀mm

Lamp265฀W฀AC฀

(195฀W฀in฀ECO1)

230฀W฀AC฀

(170฀W฀in฀ECO1)

180฀W฀AC฀

(145฀W฀in฀ECO1)

(90฀W฀in฀ECO2)

265฀W฀AC฀

(195฀W฀in฀ECO1)

230฀W฀AC฀

(170฀W฀in฀ECO1)

Light฀Output*

3500 lumens 3000 lumens 2600 lumens 3000 lumens 2600 lumens

ECO1:฀75%ECO1:฀75%ECO1:฀80%ECO1:฀75%ECO1:฀75%

ECO2:฀50%

Contrast฀Ratio*

(full฀white:฀full฀black)

2000:1

Image฀Size฀(Diagonal)60–110฀inches/1.52฀m–2.79฀m56.2–104฀inches/1.47฀m–2.64฀m

Projection฀Distance

(Min.–Max.)

23–43฀inches/0.57–11.0฀m22–43฀inches/0.57–11.0฀m฀

Projection฀Angle37.3°–38.6°

*1฀ Effective฀pixels฀are฀more฀than฀99.99%.

*2฀ This฀is฀the฀light฀output฀value฀(lumens)฀when฀the฀[PRESET]฀mode฀is฀set฀to฀[HIGH-BRIGHT].฀If฀any฀other฀mode฀is฀selected฀as฀the฀

[PRESET]฀mode,฀the฀light฀output฀value฀may฀drop฀slightly.

*3฀ Compliance฀with฀ISO21118-2005

Electrical

M350XSM300XSM260XSM300WSM260WS

Inputs

2฀×฀RGB/Component฀(D-Sub฀15฀P),฀1฀×฀HDMI฀Type฀A฀(HDMI

฀Connector)฀HDCP฀supported*

1฀×฀S-Video฀(DIN฀4฀P),฀1฀×฀Video฀(RCA),฀1฀×฀(L/R)฀RCA฀Audio,฀2฀×฀Stereo฀Mini฀Audio

Outputs1฀×฀RGB฀(D-Sub฀15P),฀1฀×฀Stereo฀Mini฀Audio

PC฀Control1฀×฀PC฀Control฀Port฀(D-Sub฀9P)

Wired฀LAN฀Port1฀×฀RJ-45฀(10BASE-T/100BASE-TX)

Wireless฀LAN฀Port฀

(Optional)

IEE฀802.11฀b/g/n฀(optional฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit฀[NP02LM฀Series]฀required)

USB฀Port1฀×฀Type฀A,฀1฀×฀Type฀B

Color฀Reproduction10-bit฀signal฀processing฀(1.07฀billion฀colors)฀(VIEWER,฀NETWORK:฀Colors,฀16.7฀million฀colors)

Compatible฀Signals*

Analog:฀VGA/SVGA/XGA/XGA+/WXGA/WXGA+/SXGA/SXGA+/UXGA฀

480i/480p/576i/576p/720p/1080i/1080p

HDMI:฀VGA/SVGA/XGA/WXGA/SXGA/480p/576p/720p/1080i/1080p

Video฀BandwidthRGB:฀80฀MHz฀(Max.)

Horizontal฀Resolution540฀TV฀lines:฀NTSC/NTSC4.43/PAL/PAL-M/PAL-N/PAL60

300฀TV฀lines:฀SECAM

Scan฀RateHorizontal:฀15฀kHz฀to฀100฀kHz฀(RGB:฀24฀kHz฀or฀over)

Vertical:฀50฀Hz฀to฀120฀Hz฀(HDMI:฀50฀Hz฀to฀85฀Hz)

Sync฀CompatibilitySeparate฀Sync

Built-in฀Speaker10W฀(monaural)

Power฀Requirement100–240V฀AC,฀50/60Hz

Input฀Current3.9–1.7฀A3.4–1.5 A 2.8–1.2 A 3.9–1.7฀A3.4–1.5 A

135

8. Appendix

Power฀

Consump-

tion

ECO฀

MODE฀

OFF฀

(NOR-

MAL)

358฀W฀(100-130฀V)

343฀W฀(200-240฀V)

311฀W฀(100-130฀V)

302฀W฀(200-240฀V)

248฀W฀(100-130฀V)

239฀W฀(200-240฀V)

358฀W฀(100-130฀V)

343฀W฀(200-240฀V)

311฀W฀(100-130฀V)

302฀W฀(200-240฀V)

ECO1฀

MODE

271฀W฀(100-130฀V)

264฀W฀(200-240฀V)

239฀W฀(100-130฀V)

236฀W฀(200-240฀V)

198฀W฀(100-130฀V)

193฀W฀(200-240฀V)

271฀W฀(100-130฀V)

264฀W฀(200-240฀V)

239฀W฀(100-130฀V)

236฀W฀(200-240฀V)

ECO2฀

MODE

— — 138฀W฀(100-130฀V)

136฀W฀(200-240฀V)

— —

STANDBY฀

(NOR-

MAL)

8฀W฀(100-130฀V/200-240฀V)

STANDBY฀

(POWER-

SAVING)

0.2฀W฀(100-130฀V)/0.4฀W฀(200-240฀V)

*4฀ HDMI

฀(Deep฀Color,฀Lip฀Sync)฀with฀HDCP

฀What฀is฀HDCP/HDCP฀technology?

฀HDCP฀is฀an฀acronym฀for฀High-bandwidth฀Digital฀Content฀Protection.฀High฀bandwidth฀Digital฀Content฀Protection฀(HDCP)฀is฀a฀

system฀for฀preventing฀illegal฀copying฀of฀video฀data฀sent฀over฀a฀Digital฀Visual฀Interface฀(DVI).

฀If฀you฀are฀unable฀to฀view฀material฀via฀the฀HDMI฀input,฀this฀does฀not฀necessarily฀mean฀the฀projector฀is฀not฀functioning฀properly.฀With฀

the฀implementation฀of฀HDCP,฀there฀may฀be฀cases฀in฀which฀certain฀content฀is฀protected฀with฀HDCP฀and฀might฀not฀be฀displayed฀

due฀to฀the฀decision/intention฀of฀the฀HDCP฀community฀(Digital฀Content฀Protection,฀LLC).

*5฀ An฀image฀with฀higher฀or฀lower฀resolution฀than฀the฀projector’s฀native฀resolution฀(M350XS/M300XS/M260XS:฀1024฀×฀768฀and฀

M300WS/M260WS:฀1280฀×฀800)฀will฀be฀displayed฀with฀Advanced฀AccuBlend.

Mechanical

M350XSM300XSM260XSM300WSM260WS

Installation

Orientation

Desktop/Front,฀Desktop/Rear,฀Ceiling/Front,฀Ceiling/Rear

Dimensions15.7"฀(W)฀×฀12.2"฀(H)฀×฀5.5"฀(D)฀/398฀mm฀(W)฀×฀140฀mm฀(H)฀×฀309฀mm฀(D)฀

(not฀including฀protrusions)

Weight8.8฀lbs/4.0฀kg

Environmental฀

Considerations

Operational฀Temperatures฀:฀41°฀to฀104°F฀(5°฀to฀40°C),฀

(ECO฀mode฀selected฀automatically฀at฀95°F฀to฀104°F/35°C฀to฀40°C)฀

20%฀to฀80%฀humidity฀(non-condensing)฀

Storage฀Temperatures฀:฀14°฀to฀122°F฀(-10°฀to฀50°C),฀

20%฀to฀80%฀humidity฀(non-condensing)

RegulationsUL/C-UL฀Approved฀(UL฀60950-1,฀CSA฀60950-1)

Meets฀DOC฀Canada฀Class฀B฀requirements

Meets฀FCC฀Class฀B฀requirements

Meets฀AS/NZS฀CISPR.22฀Class฀B

Meets฀EMC฀Directive฀(EN55022,฀EN55024,฀EN61000-3-2,฀EN61000-3-3)

Meets฀Low฀Voltage฀Directive฀(EN60950-1,฀TÜV฀GS฀Approved)

For฀additional฀information฀visit:

US฀:฀http://www.necdisplay.com/

Europe฀:฀http://www.nec-display-solutions.com/

Global฀:฀http://www.nec-display.com/global/index.html

For฀information฀on฀our฀optional฀accessories,฀visit฀our฀website฀or฀see฀our฀brochure.

The฀specications฀are฀subject฀to฀change฀without฀notice.

136

8. Appendix

257 (10.1)

99 (3.9)

339 (13.4)

100 (3.9)

108 (4.3)

59.4

(2.34)

175 (6.9)

200 (7.9)

150 (5.9)

130 (5.1)

 Cabinet Dimensions

[M350X/M300X/M260X/M230X/M300W/M260W]

Lens center

Holes for ceiling mount

Unit:฀mm฀(inch)

137

8. Appendix

[M420X/M420XV]

398 (15.7)

115 (4.5)

282 (11.1)

73.5 (2.9)

11.5

(0.5)

175 (6.9)

24 (0.9)

34 (1.3)

130 (5.1)

150 (5.9)

29 (1.1)

200 (7.9)

134 (5.3)

Unit:฀mm฀(inch)

Lens center

Holes for ceiling mount

138

8. Appendix

[M350XS/M300XS/M260XS/M300WS/M260WS]

398 (15.7)

140 (5.5)

75 (3)

11.5

(0.5)

175 (6.9)

24 (0.9)

39.8

(1.6)

130 (5.1)

150 (5.9)

29 (1.1)

200 (7.9)

134 (5.3)

288 (11.3)

21 (0.8)

309 (12.2)

Lens center

Holes for ceiling mount

Unit:฀mm฀(inch)

139

8. Appendix

Mini D-Sub 15 Pin Connector

 Pin Assignments of D-Sub COMPUTER Input Connector

Signal฀Level

Video฀signal฀:฀0.7Vp-p฀(Analog)

Sync฀signal฀:฀TTL฀level

51423

11 12 13 14 15

6978

COMPUTER 1 IN

NOTE:฀Pin฀Nos.฀12฀and฀15฀are฀required฀for฀DDC/CI.

฀Pin฀No.฀฀ RGB฀Signal฀(Analog)฀YCbCr฀Signal

฀1฀Red฀Cr

฀2฀Green฀or฀Sync฀on฀Green฀Y

฀3฀Blue฀Cb

฀4฀Ground

฀5฀Ground

฀6฀Red฀Ground฀Cr฀Ground

฀7฀Green฀Ground฀Y฀Ground

฀8฀Blue฀Ground฀Cb฀Ground

฀9฀No฀Connection

฀10฀Sync฀Signal฀Ground

฀11฀No฀Connection฀

฀12฀Bi-directional฀DATA฀(SDA)

Horizontal฀Sync฀or฀Composite฀Sync

14 Vertical Sync

฀15฀Data฀Clock

140

8. Appendix

 Compatible Input Signal List

Analog฀RGB

Signal

Resolution

(฀dots฀)

Aspect฀Ratio

Refresh฀Rate

(฀Hz฀)

VGA640 ×480 4:360/72/75/85/

iMac

SVGA800 ×600 4:356/60/72/75/85/

iMac

XGA1024 ×768*

4:360/70/75/85/

iMac

XGA+1152 ×864 4:360/70/75/85

WXGA1280 ×768*

15:960

1280 ×800 *

16:1060

1360 ×768*

16:960

1366 ×768*

16:960

Quad-VGA1280 ×9604:360/75

SXGA1280 ×1024 5:460/75

SXGA+1400 × 1050 4:360

WXGA+1440 ×90016:1060

WXGA++1600 ×900*

16:960

UXGA1600 ×1200 4:360

WSXGA+1680 ×1050 16:1060

HD1280 ×72016:960

Full฀HD1920 ×1080 16:960

MAC฀13"640 ×480 4:367

MAC฀16"832 ×624 4:375

MAC฀19"1024 ×7684:375

MAC฀21"1152 ×8704:375

MAC฀23"1280 ×1024 5:465

Component

SignalFormatAspect฀Ratio

Refresh฀Rate

(฀Hz฀)

HDTV฀(1080p)1920×1080 16:960

HDTV฀(1080i)1920×1080 16:950/60

HDTV฀(720p)1280 ×72016:950/60

SDTV฀(480p)720×480 4:3/16:960

SDTV฀(576p)720×5764:3/16:950

SDTV฀(480i)720×480 4:3/16:960

SDTV฀(576i)720×5764:3/16:950

Composite฀Video/S-Video

SignalAspect฀Ratio

Refresh฀Rate

(฀Hz฀)

NTSC4:360

PAL4:350

PAL604:360

SECAM4:350

*1฀Native฀resolution฀on฀XGA฀model฀(M350X/M300X/M260X/M230X/

M420X/M420XV/M350XS/M300XS/M260XS)฀

*2฀Native฀resolution฀on฀WXGA฀model฀(M300W/M260W/M300WS/

M260WS)

*3฀The฀projector฀may฀fail฀to฀display฀these฀signals฀correctly฀when฀[AUTO]฀

is฀selected฀for฀[ASPECT฀RATIO]฀in฀the฀on-screen฀menu.

฀The฀factory฀default฀is฀[AUTO]฀for฀[ASPECT฀RATIO].฀To฀display฀these฀

signals,฀select฀[16:9]฀for฀[ASPECT฀RATIO].

NOTE:

•฀An฀image฀with฀higher฀or฀lower฀resolution฀than฀the฀projector’s฀native฀resolution฀(M350X/M300X/M260X/M230X/M420X/M420XV/

M350XS/M300XS/M260XS:฀1024฀×฀768฀/฀M300W/M260W/M300WS/M260WS:฀1280฀×฀800)฀will฀be฀displayed฀with฀Advanced฀

AccuBlend.

•฀Sync฀on฀Green฀and฀Composite฀sync฀signals฀are฀not฀supported.

•฀Signals฀other฀than฀those฀specied฀in฀the฀table฀above฀may฀not฀be฀displayed฀correctly.฀If฀this฀should฀happen,฀change฀the฀refresh฀

rate฀or฀resolution฀on฀your฀PC.฀Refer฀to฀Display฀Properties฀help฀section฀of฀your฀PC฀for฀procedures.

HDMI

Signal

Resolution

(฀dots฀)

Aspect฀Ratio

Refresh฀Rate

(฀Hz฀)

VGA640 ×480 4:360

SVGA800 ×600 4:360

XGA1024 ×768*

4:360

WXGA1280 ×768*

15:960

1280 ×800 *

16:1060

1366 ×76816:960

Quad-VGA1280 ×9604:360

SXGA1280 ×1024 5:460

SXGA+1400 × 1050 4:360

WXGA+1440 ×90016:1060

WXGA++1600 ×90016:960

WSXGA+1680 ×1050 16:1060

HDTV฀(1080p)1920 ×1080 16:950/60

HDTV฀(1080i)1920× 1080 16:950/60

HDTV฀(720p)1280 ×72016:950/60

SDTV฀(480p)720 ×480 4:3/16:960

SDTV฀(576p)720 ×5764:3/16:950

141

8. Appendix

NOTE:

*฀The฀“SOUND฀MUTE฀OFF”฀and฀“SOUND฀MUTE฀ON”฀functions฀are฀not฀available฀on฀M420XV.

NOTE:฀Contact฀your฀local฀dealer฀for฀a฀full฀list฀of฀the฀PC฀Control฀Codes฀if฀needed.

Cable Connection

Communication฀Protocol

Baud rate .........................................38400 bps

Data length ......................................8 bits

Parity ...............................................No parity

Stop bit ............................................One bit

X on/off

............................................None

Communications procedure .............Full duplex

NOTE:฀Depending฀on฀the฀equipment,฀a฀lower฀baud฀rate฀may฀be฀recommended฀for฀long฀cable฀runs.

PC Control Connector (D-SUB 9P)

 PC Control Codes and Cable Connection

PC Control Codes

Function Code Data

POWER ON 02H 00H 00H 00H 00H 02H

POWER OFF 02H 01H 00H 00H 00H 03H

INPUT SELECT COMPUTER 1 02H 03H 00H 00H 02H 01H 01H 09H

INPUT SELECT COMPUTER 2 02H 03H 00H 00H 02H 01H 02H 0AH

INPUT SELECT HDMI 02H 03H 00H 00H 02H 01H 1AH 22H

INPUT SELECT VIDEO 02H 03H 00H 00H 02H 01H 06H 0EH

INPUT SELECT S-VIDEO 02H 03H 00H 00H 02H 01H 0BH 13H

INPUT SELECT VIEWER 02H 03H 00H 00H 02H 01H 1FH 27H

INPUT SELECT NETWORK 02H 03H 00H 00H 02H 01H 20H 28H

INPUT SELECT USB DISPLAY 02H 03H 00H 00H 02H 01H 22H 2AH

PICTURE MUTE ON 02H 10H 00H 00H 00H 12H

PICTURE MUTE OFF 02H 11H 00H 00H 00H 13H

SOUND MUTE ON* 02H 12H 00H 00H 00H 14H

SOUND MUTE OFF* 02H 13H 00H 00H 00H 15H

NOTE฀1:฀Pins฀1,฀4,฀6฀and฀9฀are฀no฀used.

NOTE฀2:฀Jumper฀“Request฀to฀Send”฀and฀“Clear฀to฀Send”฀together฀on฀both฀ends฀of฀the฀cable฀to฀simplify฀cable฀connection.

NOTE฀3:฀For฀long฀cable฀runs฀it฀is฀recommended฀to฀set฀communication฀speed฀within฀projector฀menus฀to฀9600฀bps.

15243

67 98

To GND of PC

To RxD of PC

To TxD of PC

To RTS of PC

To CTS of PC

142

8. Appendix

No image is displayed from your PC or video equipment to the

projector.

Still no image even though you connect the projector to the PC

ﬁrst, then start the PC.

Enabling your notebook PC’s signal output to the projector.

•฀ A฀combination฀of฀function฀keys฀will฀enable/disable฀the฀exter-

nal฀display.฀Usually,฀the฀combination฀of฀the฀“Fn”฀key฀along฀

with฀one฀of฀the฀12฀function฀keys฀turns฀the฀external฀display฀

on฀or฀off.฀

No image (blue or black background, no display).

Still no image even though you press the AUTO ADJUST

button.

Still no image even though you carry out [RESET] in the

projector’s menu.

Signal cable’s plug is fully inserted into the input connector

A message appears on the screen.

( _____________________________________________ )

The source connected to the projector is active and available.

Still no image even though you adjust the brightness and/or

the contrast.

Input source’s resolution and frequency are supported by the

projector.

 Troubleshooting Check List

Before฀contacting฀your฀dealer฀or฀service฀personnel,฀check฀the฀following฀list฀to฀be฀sure฀repairs฀are฀needed฀also฀by฀

referring฀to฀the฀“Troubleshooting”฀section฀in฀your฀user’s฀manual.฀This฀checklist฀below฀will฀help฀us฀solve฀your฀problem฀

more฀efciently.

*฀Print฀this฀page฀and฀the฀next฀page฀for฀your฀check.

Frequency of occurrence  always  sometimes (How often?_____________________)  other (__________________)

Power

No power (POWER indicator does not light blue) See also “Status

Indicator (STATUS)”.

Power cord’s plug is fully inserted into the wall outlet.

Main power switch is pressed to the ON position.

Lamp cover is installed correctly .

Lamp Hours Used (lamp operation hours) was cleared after

lamp replacement.

No power even though you press and hold the POWER button

for 1 second.

Shut down during operation.

Power cord’s plug is fully inserted into the wall outlet.

Lamp cover is installed correctly .

[AUTO POWER OFF] is turned off (only models with the [AUTO

POWER OFF] function).

[OFF TIMER] is turned off (only models with the [OFF TIMER]

function).

Video and Audio

Image is too dark.

Remains unchanged even though you adjust the brightness

and/or the contrast.

Image is distorted.

Image appears to be trapezoidal (unchanged even though you

carry out the [KEYSTONE] adjustment).

Parts of the image are lost.

Still unchanged even though you press the AUTO ADJUST

button.

Still unchanged even though you carry out [RESET] in the

projector’s menu.

Image is shifted in the vertical or horizontal direction.

Horizontal and vertical positions are correctly adjusted on a

computer signal.

Input source’s resolution and frequency are supported by the

projector.

Some pixels are lost.

Image is ﬂickering.

Still unchanged even though you press the AUTO ADJUST

button.

Still unchanged even though you carry out [RESET] in the

projector’s menu.

Image shows ﬂickering or color drift on a computer signal.

Still unchanged even though you change [FAN MODE] from

[HIGH ALTITUDE] to [AUTO].

Image appears blurry or out of focus.

Still unchanged even though you checked the signal’s resolution

on PC and changed it to projector’s native resolution.

Still unchanged even though you adjusted the focus.

No sound.

Audio cable is correctly connected to the audio input of the

projector.

Still unchanged even though you adjusted the volume level.

AUDIO OUT is connected to your audio equipment (only models

with the AUDIO OUT connector).

Other

Remote control does not work.

No obstacles between the sensor of the projector and the

remote control.

Projector is placed near a ﬂuorescent light that can disturb the

infrared remote controls.

Batteries are new and are not reversed in installation.

Buttons on the projector cabinet do not work (only models with the

[CONTROL PANEL LOCK] function)

[CONTROL PANEL LOCK] is not turned on or is disabled in

the menu.

Still unchanged even though you press and hold the EXIT button

for a minimum of 10 seconds.

143

8. Appendix

In the space below please describe your problem in detail.

Information on application and environment where your projector is used

Projector

Model number:

Serial No.:

Date of purchase:

Lamp operating time (hours):

Eco Mode:  OFF  AUTO ECO

 ECO1  ECO2

Information on input signal:

Horizontal synch frequency [ ] kHz

Vertical synch frequency [ ] Hz

Synch polarity H  (+)  (−)

V  (+)  (−)

Synch type  Separate  Composite

 Sync on Green

STATUS Indicator:

Steady light  Orange  Green

Flashing light [ ] cycles

Remote control model number:

Signal฀cable

NEC standard or other manufacturer’s cable?

Model number: Length: inch/m

Distribution ampliﬁer

Model number:

Switcher

Model number:

Adapter

Model number:

Projector

DVD player

Installation environment

Screen size: inch

Screen type:  White matte  Beads  Polarization

 Wide angle  High contrast

Throw distance: feet/inch/m

Orientation:  Ceiling mount  Desktop

Power outlet connection:



Connected directly to wall outlet

 Connected to power cord extender or other (the

number of connected equipment______________)



Connected to a power cord reel or other (the number

of connected equipment______________)

Computer

Manufacturer:

Model number:

Notebook PC  / Desktop 

Native resolution:

Refresh rate:

Video adapter:

Other:

Video฀equipment

VCR, DVD player, Video camera, Video game or other

Manufacturer:

Model number:

144

8. Appendix

 TravelCare Guide

TravelCare - a service for international travelers

This฀product฀is฀eligible฀for฀“TravelCare”,฀NEC’s฀unique฀international฀warranty฀and฀repair฀service.

For฀more฀information฀on฀TravelCare฀service,฀visit฀our฀website฀(in฀English฀only).

http://www.nec-display.com/dl/en/pj_support/travel_care.html

 TCO Certiﬁcation

Some฀models฀in฀this฀product฀family฀are฀TCO฀certied.฀All฀TCO฀certied฀models฀have฀the฀TCO฀mark฀on฀the฀marking฀

plate฀(on฀the฀bottom฀of฀the฀product).฀To฀see฀a฀list฀of฀our฀TCO฀certied฀projectors฀and฀their฀TCO฀Certication฀(in฀English฀

only),฀visit฀our฀website฀at฀

http://www.nec-display.com/ap/en_projector/tco/index.html

The฀TCO฀certication,฀designed฀by฀TCO฀Development,฀is฀an฀international฀environmental฀and฀ergonomics฀standard฀

for฀IT฀equipment.฀

In฀some฀cases฀we฀may฀post฀a฀list฀of฀TCO฀certied฀models฀on฀our฀website฀before฀the฀TCO฀mark฀is฀placed฀on฀the฀prod-

uct.฀This฀difference฀in฀timing฀is฀related฀to฀the฀date฀certication฀is฀received฀compared฀with฀the฀projectors฀manufacturing฀

date.

NEC NP-M260W REPLACED BY NP-M300W 2600-lumen Widescreen Portable Projector

Product's Documents

User Manual

Specifications

NEC NP-M260W REPLACED BY NP-M300W Questions and Answers